WO2020066299A1 - Extraction method and extraction device - Google Patents

Extraction method and extraction device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020066299A1
WO2020066299A1 PCT/JP2019/030546 JP2019030546W WO2020066299A1 WO 2020066299 A1 WO2020066299 A1 WO 2020066299A1 JP 2019030546 W JP2019030546 W JP 2019030546W WO 2020066299 A1 WO2020066299 A1 WO 2020066299A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
extraction
extraction container
container
unit
beverage
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/030546
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
泰祐 鳥津
濱上　季充
Original Assignee
株式会社Ｔｒｅｅ Ｆｉｅｌｄ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Ｔｒｅｅ Ｆｉｅｌｄ filed Critical 株式会社Ｔｒｅｅ Ｆｉｅｌｄ
Publication of WO2020066299A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020066299A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47J—KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J31/00—Apparatus for making beverages

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a beverage manufacturing technique.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 Beverage production apparatuses for producing coffee beverages and the like have been proposed (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
  • An object of the present invention is to improve the quality of a beverage manufactured by a beverage manufacturing device.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to an extraction method, wherein the extraction method comprises: An extraction method for extracting a beverage from an extraction target, In the extraction container in the first position, an immersion step of immersing the extraction target deposited in the extraction container in the first mode in a liquid, A posture changing step of changing the posture of the extraction container from the first posture to the second posture, Sending out the liquid from the extraction container in the second position, In the extraction container in the second position, the extraction target is deposited in a second mode,
  • the second aspect is an aspect in which the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than the first aspect
  • the sending step the liquid flows into the extraction container while sending the liquid that has passed through the extraction target that has been deposited in the second aspect, It is characterized by the following.
  • the quality of the beverage can be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is an external view of a beverage manufacturing device.
  • FIG. 3 is a partially cutaway perspective view of the separation device.
  • FIG. 3 is a front view showing a configuration of a part of an upper unit and a lower unit.
  • FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a central unit.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a control device of the beverage manufacturing device in FIG. 1.
  • 4A and 4B are flowcharts illustrating a control example executed by the control device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a liquid-feeding amount adjusting device that can function as a water tank.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a liquid-feeding amount adjusting device.
  • 5 is a flowchart illustrating a control example executed by the control device.
  • the figure which shows the aspect of a change of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container, and the quantity of hot water in the manufacturing process of a drink The figure which shows the aspect of a change of the target value and the measured value of the atmospheric pressure in a brewing container, and the quantity of hot water in a beverage manufacturing process.
  • FIG. 1 is an external view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 of the present embodiment is an apparatus for automatically manufacturing a coffee beverage from roasted coffee beans and liquid (here, water), and is capable of manufacturing one cup of coffee beverage per one manufacturing operation. .
  • the roasted coffee beans as the raw material can be stored in the canister 40.
  • a cup placing portion 110 is provided at a lower portion of the beverage production device 1, and the produced coffee beverage is poured into the cup from the pouring portion 10c.
  • the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 includes a housing 100 that forms an exterior and surrounds an internal mechanism.
  • the housing 100 is roughly divided into a main body 101 and a cover 102 that covers a part of the front surface and a part of the side surface of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • the cover 102 is provided with the information display device 12.
  • the information display device 12 is a touch-panel display, and can receive input from a manager of the device or a user of a beverage in addition to displaying various information.
  • the information display device 12 is attached to the cover unit 102 via a moving mechanism 12a, and is movable within a certain range in the vertical direction by the moving mechanism 12a.
  • the cover unit 102 is also provided with a bean input port 103 and a door 103a for opening and closing the bean input port 103.
  • roasted coffee beans different from the roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40 can be introduced into the bean insertion port 103. This makes it possible to provide the drink consumer with a special cup.
  • the cover 102 is formed of a light-transmitting material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent cover having a transparent portion as a whole. For this reason, the inside mechanism covered by the cover part 102 is visible from the outside. In the case of the present embodiment, a part of the manufacturing unit that manufactures the coffee beverage is visible through the cover unit 102. In the case of the present embodiment, the main body 101 is entirely a non-transmissive part, and it is difficult to visually recognize the inside from the outside.
  • FIG. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 and shows a part of a manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by a user when the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is viewed from the front.
  • the cover unit 102 and the information display device 12 are illustrated by imaginary lines.
  • the housing 100 in the front part of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 has a double structure of a main body part 101 and a cover part 102 on the outside (front side).
  • a part of the mechanism of the manufacturing unit is arranged between the main unit 101 and the cover unit 12 in the front-rear direction, and is visible to the user via the cover unit 102.
  • some mechanisms of the manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by the user via the cover unit 102 include the collective transport unit 42, the grinders 5A and 5B, the separation device 6, the extraction container 9, and the like, which will be described later.
  • a rectangular recessed portion 101a that is recessed toward the back is formed in the front portion of the main body 101, and the extraction container 9 and the like are located at the back inside the recessed portion 101a.
  • the cover 102 is supported by the main body 101 via a hinge 102a at the right end so as to be openable and closable in a laterally open manner.
  • an engagement portion 102b for maintaining the main body 101 and the cover 102 in a closed state is provided.
  • the engagement portion 102b is, for example, a combination of a magnet and iron.
  • the cover 102 is of the horizontal opening type, but may be of the vertical opening type (vertical opening type) or of the sliding type. Further, a configuration in which the cover unit 102 cannot be opened and closed may be employed.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the function of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • the beverage production device 1 includes a bean processing device 2 and an extraction device 3 as a coffee beverage production unit.
  • the bean processing device 2 generates ground beans from roasted coffee beans.
  • the extraction device 3 extracts coffee liquid from the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2.
  • the extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, which will be described later, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10.
  • the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 are put into the extraction container 9.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 puts hot water into the extraction container 9.
  • the coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the extraction container 9. Hot water containing the extracted coffee liquid is delivered to the cup C as a coffee beverage via the switching unit 10.
  • Fluid supply unit and switching unit The configurations of the fluid supply unit 7 and the switching unit 10 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the fluid supply unit 7 will be described.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9 and controls the pressure in the extraction container 9.
  • the pressure when the pressure is exemplified by a numeral, it means an absolute pressure unless otherwise specified, and the gauge pressure is a pressure at which the atmospheric pressure is set to 0 atm.
  • the atmospheric pressure refers to the atmospheric pressure around the extraction container 9 or the air pressure of the beverage manufacturing device.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 includes pipes L1 to L3.
  • the pipe L1 is a pipe through which air flows
  • the pipe L2 is a pipe through which water flows.
  • the pipe L3 is a pipe through which both air and water can flow.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 includes the compressor 70 as a pressurizing source.
  • the compressor 70 compresses and sends out the atmosphere.
  • the compressor 70 is driven using, for example, a motor (not shown) as a drive source.
  • the compressed air sent from the compressor 70 is supplied to a reserve tank (accumulator) 71 via a check valve 71a.
  • the air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is monitored by the pressure sensor 71b, and the compressor 70 is driven so as to be maintained at a predetermined air pressure (in this embodiment, 7 atm (6 atm in gauge pressure)).
  • the reserve tank 71 is provided with a drain 71c for drainage, so that water generated by compression of air can be drained.
  • the water tank 72 stores hot water (water) constituting the coffee beverage.
  • the water tank 72 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the water tank 72 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water.
  • the heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (120 degrees Celsius in the present embodiment) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. For example, the heater 72a is turned on when the temperature of the hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and is turned off when the temperature is 120 degrees Celsius.
  • the water tank 72 is also provided with a water level sensor 72c.
  • the water level sensor 72c detects the water level of the hot water in the water tank 72. When the water level sensor 72c detects that the water level has dropped below a predetermined water level, water is supplied to the water tank 72. In the case of this embodiment, tap water is supplied via a water purifier (not shown).
  • An electromagnetic valve 72d is provided in the middle of the pipe L2 from the water purifier. When a decrease in the water level is detected by the water level sensor 72c, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened to supply water, and when a predetermined water level is reached, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened. The valve 72d is closed to shut off the water supply. In this way, the hot water in the water tank 72 is maintained at a constant water level.
  • the water supply to the water tank 72 may be performed each time the hot water used for manufacturing the coffee beverage is discharged.
  • the water tank 72 is provided with a pressure sensor 72g.
  • the pressure sensor 72g detects the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72.
  • the water tank 72 is supplied with the pressure in the reserve tank 71 via a pressure regulating valve 72e and a solenoid valve 72f.
  • the pressure regulating valve 72e reduces the pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined pressure. In the case of the present embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 3 atm (2 atm in gauge pressure).
  • the solenoid valve 72f switches between supply and cutoff of the pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 72e to the water tank 72.
  • the solenoid valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the pressure in the water tank 72 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72.
  • the air pressure in the water tank 72 is set to a pressure lower than the water pressure of the tap water by the solenoid valve 72h so that tap water is supplied to the water tank 72 smoothly by the water pressure. (For example, less than 2.5 atm).
  • the solenoid valve 72h switches whether or not to release the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. Also, the solenoid valve 72h releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure in the water tank 72 exceeds 3 atm and supplies the inside of the water tank 72 to 3 atm other than when supplying tap water to the water tank 72. maintain.
  • the hot water in the water tank 72 is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the check valve 72j, the solenoid valve 72i, and the pipe L3. Hot water is supplied to the extraction container 9 by opening the electromagnetic valve 72i, and shut off by closing it.
  • the amount of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 can be controlled by the opening time of the solenoid valve 72i. However, the opening and closing of the solenoid valve 72i may be controlled by measuring the supply amount.
  • the pipe L3 is provided with a temperature sensor 73e for measuring the temperature of the hot water, and monitors the temperature of the hot water supplied to the extraction container 9.
  • the pressure in the reserve tank 71 is also supplied to the extraction container 9 via a pressure regulating valve 73a and a solenoid valve 73b.
  • the pressure regulating valve 73a reduces the pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined pressure. In the case of the present embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure).
  • the solenoid valve 73b switches between supply and cutoff of the pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 73a to the extraction container 9. The air pressure in the extraction container 9 is detected by the pressure sensor 73d.
  • the solenoid valve 73b is opened based on the detection result of the pressure sensor 73d, and the inside of the extraction container 9 is kept at a predetermined atmospheric pressure (in the case of the present embodiment, 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure) )).
  • the pressure in the extraction container 9 can be reduced by the solenoid valve 73c.
  • the solenoid valve 73c switches whether or not to release the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere when the pressure is abnormal (for example, when the inside of the extraction container 9 exceeds 5 atm).
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is washed with tap water.
  • the solenoid valve 73f is opened at the time of washing, and supplies tap water to the extraction container 9.
  • the switching unit 10 is a unit that switches the destination of the liquid delivered from the extraction container 9 to one of the pouring unit 10c and the waste tank T.
  • the switching unit 10 includes a switching valve 10a and a motor 10b that drives the switching valve 10a.
  • the switching valve 10a switches the flow path to the pouring unit 10c when sending out the coffee beverage in the extraction container 9.
  • the coffee beverage is poured into the cup C from the pouring section 10c.
  • the switching valve 10a is a three-port ball valve in this embodiment. Since the residue passes through the switching valve 10a at the time of washing, the switching valve 10a is preferably a ball valve, and the motor 10b switches its flow path by rotating its rotation shaft.
  • the bean processing apparatus 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5.
  • the storage device 4 includes a plurality of canisters 40 in which roasted coffee beans are stored. In the case of the present embodiment, three canisters 40 are provided.
  • the canister 40 includes a cylindrical main body 40a that stores roasted coffee beans, and a handle 40b provided on the main body 40a, and is configured to be detachable from the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • Each of the canisters 40 may store different types of roasted coffee beans, and may select the type of roasted coffee beans used for manufacturing a coffee beverage by operating the information display device 12.
  • the different types of roasted coffee beans are, for example, roasted coffee beans having different types of coffee beans.
  • the roasted coffee beans of different types are coffee beans of the same variety, but may be roasted coffee beans having different roasting degrees. Further, the roasted coffee beans having different types may be roasted coffee beans having different varieties and roasting degrees. Further, at least one of the three canisters 40 may accommodate roasted coffee beans in which a plurality of types of roasted coffee beans are mixed. In this case, the roasted coffee beans of each variety may have the same degree of roasting.
  • a configuration in which only one canister 40 is provided may be employed.
  • the same type of roasted coffee beans may be stored in all or a plurality of canisters 40.
  • Each canister 40 is detachably mounted on the weighing and conveying device 41.
  • the weighing / conveying device 41 is, for example, an electric screw conveyor, and automatically weighs out a predetermined amount of roasted coffee beans stored in the canister 40 and sends out the roasted coffee beans to the downstream side.
  • Each measuring and conveying device 41 discharges roasted coffee beans to the collective conveying section 42 on the downstream side.
  • the collective transport section 42 is formed of a hollow member, and forms a transport path for roasted coffee beans from each conveyor 41 to the crusher 5 (particularly the grinder 5A).
  • the roasted coffee beans discharged from each of the weighing and transporting devices 41 move inside the collective transporting unit 42 by its own weight, and flow down to the crushing device 5.
  • a guide portion 42a is formed in the collective transport portion 42 at a position corresponding to the beans input port 103.
  • the guide portion 42a forms a passage for guiding the roasted coffee beans input from the bean input port 103 to the grinding device 5 (particularly, the grinder 5A).
  • a coffee beverage using roasted coffee beans input from the bean input port 103 as a raw material can also be manufactured.
  • the pulverizing device 5 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a part of the separating device 6.
  • the pulverizing device 5 includes grinders 5A and 5B and a separating device 6.
  • the grinders 5A and 5B are mechanisms for grinding the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4.
  • the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are ground by a grinder 5A, then further ground by a grinder 5B to form a powder, and put into the extraction container 9 through a discharge pipe 5C.
  • the grinders 5A and 5B differ in the grain size at which the beans are ground.
  • the grinder 5A is a grinder for coarse grinding
  • the grinder 5B is a grinder for fine grinding.
  • Each of the grinders 5A and 5B is an electric grinder, and includes a motor as a driving source, a rotary blade driven by the motor, and the like.
  • the size (granularity) of the roasted coffee beans to be ground can be changed by changing the rotation speed of the rotary blade.
  • the separation device 6 is a mechanism for separating unnecessary materials from the ground beans.
  • the separation device 6 includes a passage 63a disposed between the grinder 5A and the grinder 5B.
  • the passage portion 63a is a hollow body forming a separation chamber through which the ground beans freely falling from the grinder 5A pass.
  • the passage portion 63b is connected to a passage portion 63b extending in a direction (left and right direction in the present embodiment) intersecting with the passage direction (vertical direction in the present embodiment) of the ground beans.
  • the suction unit 60 is connected to the portion 63b. When the suction unit 60 sucks the air in the passage portion 63a, light objects such as chaff and fine powder are sucked. Thereby, unnecessary materials can be separated from the ground beans.
  • the suction unit 60 is a centrifugal separation type mechanism.
  • the suction unit 60 includes a blowing unit 60A and a collection container 60B.
  • the blower unit 60A is a fan motor, and exhausts the air in the collection container 60B upward.
  • the collection container 60B includes an upper part 61 and a lower part 62 which are separably engaged.
  • the lower part 62 has a bottomed cylindrical shape whose upper part is open, and forms a space for storing unnecessary objects.
  • the upper part 61 constitutes a lid mounted on the opening of the lower part 62.
  • the upper part 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust pipe 61b formed coaxially with the outer peripheral wall 61a.
  • the blower unit 60A is fixed to the upper part 61 above the exhaust pipe 61b so as to suck air in the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • a passage portion 63b is connected to the upper portion 61.
  • the passage 63b is open to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • a plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the peripheral surface of the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • the plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • Each fin 61d is obliquely inclined with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b.
  • the lower portion 62 is formed of a light-transmitting material such as acryl or glass, and constitutes a transparent container in which the whole is a transmission portion.
  • the lower part 62 is a part covered by the cover part 102 (FIG. 2).
  • the administrator and the user of the beverage can visually recognize the unnecessary objects D accumulated in the lower portion 62 through the peripheral wall of the cover portion 102 and the lower portion 62.
  • the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the grinder 5A, and when the coarsely ground beans pass through the passage portion 63a, unnecessary materials are separated by the separation device 6. Are separated.
  • the coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary materials are separated are finely ground by the grinder 5B.
  • Unnecessary substances separated by the separation device 6 are typically chaff and fine powder. These may reduce the taste of the coffee beverage, and the quality of the coffee beverage can be improved by removing chaff and the like from the ground beans.
  • the grinding of the roasted coffee beans may be performed by one grinder (one-stage grinding).
  • the particle size of the ground beans can be easily made uniform, and the degree of extraction of the coffee liquid can be made constant.
  • heat may be generated due to friction between the cutter and the beans.
  • heat generation due to friction at the time of pulverization can be suppressed, and deterioration of the ground beans (for example, a decrease in flavor) can also be prevented.
  • the mass difference between the unnecessary materials and the ground beans (required portion) can be increased. This can increase the efficiency of separating unnecessary substances and can prevent the ground beans (required portion) from being separated as unnecessary substances.
  • the separation of unnecessary substances using air suction is interposed between the coarse grinding and the fine grinding, the heat generation of the ground beans can be suppressed by air cooling.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. Most of the drive unit 8 is surrounded by the main body 101.
  • the drive unit 8 is supported by the frame F.
  • the frame F includes upper and lower beams F1 and F2 and a column F3 that supports the beams F1 and F2.
  • the drive unit 8 is roughly divided into three units: an upper unit 8A, a middle unit 8B, and a lower unit 8C.
  • the upper unit 8A is supported by the beam F1.
  • the middle unit 8B is supported by the beam F1 and the column F3 between the beam F1 and the beam F2.
  • the lower unit 8C is supported by the beam F2.
  • the extraction container 9 is a chamber including a container main body 90 and a lid unit 91.
  • the extraction container 9 may be called a chamber.
  • the middle unit 8B includes an arm member 820 that detachably holds the container body 90.
  • the arm member 820 includes a holding member 820a and a pair of shaft members 820b that are separated to the left and right.
  • the holding member 820a is an elastic member such as a resin formed in a C-shaped clip shape, and holds the container body 90 by its elastic force.
  • the holding member 82a holds the left and right sides of the container body 90, and exposes the front side of the container body 90. This makes it easier to visually recognize the inside of the container main body 90 in a front view.
  • the container main body 90 is attached to and detached from the holding member 820a by a manual operation, and the container main body 90 is mounted on the holding member 820a by pressing the container main body 90 backward and forward on the holding member 820a. Further, the container main body 90 can be separated from the holding member 820a by pulling out the container main body 90 from the holding member 820a to the front side in the front-rear direction.
  • the pair of shaft members 820b are rods extending in the front-rear direction, respectively, and are members that support the holding member 820a.
  • the number of the shaft members 820b is two, but may be one or three or more.
  • the holding member 820a is fixed to front ends of the pair of shaft members 820b.
  • the pair of shaft members 82b is moved forward and backward, whereby the holding member 820a is moved forward and backward, so that a movement operation of moving the container body 90 in the front and rear direction can be performed.
  • the middle unit 8B can also perform a rotating operation of turning the extraction container 9 upside down, as described later.
  • the extraction container 9 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 shows the closed state and the open state of the extraction container 9. As described above, the extraction container 9 is turned upside down by the middle unit 8B.
  • the extraction container 9 in FIG. 6 shows a basic posture in which the lid unit 91 is located on the upper side.
  • a vertical positional relationship means a vertical positional relationship in a basic posture unless otherwise specified.
  • the container body 90 is a container with a bottom and has a bottle shape having a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, a body portion 90e, and a bottom portion 90f.
  • a flange portion 90c that defines an opening 90a that communicates with the internal space of the container body 90 is formed at an end of the neck portion 90b (an upper end portion of the container body 90).
  • Both the neck portion 90b and the trunk portion 90e have a cylindrical shape.
  • the shoulder portion 90d is a portion between the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e, and has a tapered shape such that the cross-sectional area of its internal space gradually decreases from the body portion 90e side to the neck portion 90b side. ing.
  • the lid unit 91 is a unit that opens and closes the opening 90a.
  • the opening / closing operation (elevation operation) of the lid unit 91 is performed by the upper unit 8A.
  • the container main body 90 includes a main body member 900 and a bottom member 901.
  • the main body member 900 is a cylindrical member that opens up and down and forms a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, and a body portion 90e.
  • the bottom member 901 is a member that forms the bottom part 90f, and is inserted and fixed below the main body member 900.
  • a seal member 902 is interposed between the main body member 900 and the bottom member 901 to improve the airtightness inside the container main body 90.
  • the main body member 900 is formed of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent container in which the whole is a transmissive portion.
  • the administrator and the consumer of the beverage can visually check the extraction state of the coffee beverage in the container main body 90 through the cover portion 102 and the main body member 900 of the container main body 90.
  • the brewing operation may be easily confirmed by the manager, and in some cases, the brewing user may enjoy the brewing situation.
  • a convex portion 901c is provided at the center of the bottom member 901.
  • the convex portion 901c has a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 to the outside, and a valve (valve 903 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. Is provided.
  • the communication hole is used for discharging waste liquid and residue when cleaning the inside of the container body 90.
  • the projection 901c is provided with a seal member 908.
  • the seal member 908 is a member for maintaining the airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the bottom member 901.
  • the lid unit 91 includes a hat-shaped base member 911.
  • the base member 911 has a protrusion 911d and a flange 911c that overlaps the flange 90c when closed.
  • the protruding portion 911d has the same structure as the protruding portion 901c of the container main body 90, and is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container main body 90 with the outside and a valve (valve 913 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. Have been.
  • the communication hole of the convex portion 911d is mainly used for injecting hot water into the container main body 90 and sending out a coffee beverage.
  • the projection 911d is provided with a seal member 918a.
  • the seal member 918a is a member for maintaining the airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the base member 911.
  • the lid unit 91 is also provided with a seal member 919.
  • the sealing member 919 improves the airtightness between the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 when the lid unit 91 is closed.
  • the lid unit 91 holds a filter for filtration.
  • FIG. 7 is a front view showing a configuration of a part of the upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C
  • FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of FIG.
  • the upper unit 8A includes an operation unit 81A.
  • the operation unit 81A performs an opening / closing operation (elevating / lowering) of the lid unit 91 with respect to the container body 90 and an opening / closing operation of the valves of the convex portions 901c and 911d.
  • the operation unit 81A includes a support member 800, a holding member 801, a lifting shaft 802, and a probe 803.
  • the support member 800 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 801.
  • the support member 800 further includes a communication portion 800a that allows the pipe L3 to communicate with the inside of the support member 800. Hot water, tap water, and air pressure supplied from the pipe L3 are introduced into the support member 800 via the communication portion 800a.
  • the holding member 801 is a member capable of detachably holding the lid unit 91.
  • the holding member 801 has a cylindrical space into which the protrusion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the protrusion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and has a mechanism for detachably holding these.
  • This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a certain pressing force and released by a certain separating force. Hot water, tap water, and air pressure supplied from the pipe L3 can be supplied into the extraction container 9 through the communication portion 800a and the communication hole 801a of the holding member 801.
  • the holding member 801 is also a movable member provided to be slidable vertically in the support member 800.
  • the elevating shaft 802 is provided so that its axial direction is the up-down direction.
  • the elevating shaft 802 vertically penetrates the top of the support member 800 in an airtight manner, and is provided to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800.
  • the top of the holding member 801 is fixed to the lower end of the elevating shaft 802.
  • the holding member 801 slides up and down by the raising and lowering of the elevating shaft 802, so that the holding member 801 can be attached to and separated from the protrusions 911 d and 901 c. Further, the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed with respect to the container body 90.
  • a screw 802a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the elevating shaft 802.
  • a nut 804b is screwed to the screw 802a.
  • the upper unit 8A includes a motor 804a, and the nut 804b is rotated on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 804a. The rotation of the nut 804b causes the lifting shaft 802 to move up and down.
  • the elevating shaft 802 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the center axis, and the probe 803 is inserted into this through hole so as to be slidable up and down.
  • the probe 803 penetrates the top of the holding member 801 in an airtight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800 and the holding member 801.
  • the probe 803 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c.
  • the probe 803 lowers the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state, and raises the probe 803 to open the valves 913 and 903.
  • the state can be changed from the open state to the closed state (by the action of a return spring (not shown)).
  • a screw 803a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 803.
  • a nut 805b is screwed to the screw 803a.
  • the upper unit 8A includes a motor 805a, and the nut 805b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 805a.
  • the probe 803 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 805b.
  • the lower unit 8C includes an operation unit 81C.
  • the operation unit 81C has a configuration in which the operation unit 81A is turned upside down, and performs opening and closing operations of valves 913 and 903 provided inside the protrusions 911d and 901c.
  • the operation unit 81C is also configured to be able to open and close the lid unit 91. However, in this embodiment, the operation unit 81C is not used to open and close the lid unit 91.
  • the operation unit 81C is substantially the same as the operation unit 81A, but the operation unit 81C will be described.
  • the operation unit 81C includes a support member 810, a holding member 811, an elevating shaft 812, and a probe 813.
  • the support member 810 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 811.
  • the support member 810 further includes a communication portion 810a that allows the switching valve 10a of the switching unit 10 to communicate with the inside of the support member 810.
  • the coffee beverage, tap water, and ground bean residues in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a via the communication portion 810a.
  • the holding member 811 has a cylindrical space into which the protrusion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the protrusion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and includes a mechanism for detachably holding these.
  • This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a certain pressing force and released by a certain separating force.
  • the coffee beverage, tap water, and ground bean residues in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communication portion 810a and the communication hole 811a of the holding member 811.
  • the holding member 811 is also a movable member provided to be slidable up and down in the support member 810.
  • the elevating shaft 812 is provided so that its axial direction is the up-down direction.
  • the elevating shaft 812 vertically penetrates the bottom of the support member 800 in an airtight manner, and is provided to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810.
  • the bottom of the holding member 811 is fixed to the lower end of the elevating shaft 812.
  • the holding member 811 slides up and down by the raising and lowering of the elevating shaft 812, so that the holding member 811 can be attached to and separated from the protrusions 901c and 911d.
  • a screw 812a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the elevating shaft 812.
  • a nut 814b is screwed to the screw 812a.
  • the lower unit 8C includes a motor 814a, and the nut 814b is rotated on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 814a. The rotation of the nut 814b causes the lifting shaft 812 to move up and down.
  • the elevating shaft 812 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the center axis, and the probe 813 is inserted into this through hole slidably up and down.
  • the probe 813 penetrates the bottom of the holding member 811 in an airtight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810 and the holding member 811.
  • the probe 813 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911 d and 901 c.
  • the rising of the probe 813 changes the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state.
  • the state can be changed from the open state to the closed state (by the action of a return spring (not shown)).
  • a screw 813a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 813.
  • a nut 815b is screwed to the screw 813a.
  • the lower unit 8C includes a motor 815a, and the nut 815b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 815a.
  • the probe 813 moves up and down by rotation of the nut 815b.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the middle unit 8B.
  • the middle unit 8B includes a support unit 81B that supports the extraction container 9.
  • the support unit 81B includes a unit main body 81B ′ that supports the lock mechanism 821, in addition to the arm member 820 described above.
  • the lock mechanism 821 is a mechanism for keeping the lid unit 91 closed with respect to the container body 90.
  • the lock mechanism 821 includes a pair of gripping members 821a that vertically clamp the flange 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange 90c of the container body 90.
  • the pair of gripping members 821a have a C-shaped cross section that fits by sandwiching the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, and is opened and closed in the left and right directions by the driving force of the motor 822.
  • the unit 91 is hermetically locked to the container body 90.
  • the lid unit 91 does not move (the lock is not released) even if the lid unit 91 is opened by raising the holding member 801 by the elevating shaft 802. That is, the locking force of the lock mechanism 821 is set to be stronger than the force of opening the lid unit 91 using the holding member 801. Thus, it is possible to prevent the lid unit 91 from being opened with respect to the container main body 90 in the event of an abnormality.
  • each grip member 821a When the pair of grip members 821a are in the open state, as shown by broken lines in the encircled view of FIG. 9, each grip member 821a is separated from the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, and the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 are separated. The lock with is released.
  • the holding member 801 When the holding member 801 is in the state of holding the lid unit 91 and the holding member 801 is raised from the lowered position to the raised position, when the pair of gripping members 821a are in the open state, the lid unit 91 is moved from the container body 90. Separated. Conversely, when the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, the holding member 801 for the lid unit 91 is released, and only the holding member 801 rises.
  • the middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for horizontally moving the arm member 820 in the front-rear direction using the motor 823 as a driving source.
  • the container main body 90 supported by the arm member 820 can be moved between the rear extraction position (state ST1) and the front bean insertion position (state ST2).
  • the bean charging position is a position where the ground beans are charged into the container main body 90, and the ground beans ground by the grinder 5B are supplied from the discharge pipe 5C into the opening 90a of the container main body 90 from which the lid unit 91 is separated.
  • the position of the discharge pipe 5C is above the container main body 90 located at the bean input position.
  • the extraction position is a position where the container body 90 can be operated by the operation unit 81A and the operation unit 81C, is a position coaxial with the probes 803 and 813, and is a position where the coffee liquid is extracted.
  • the extraction position is a position on the back side of the bean input position.
  • FIGS. 5, 7, and 8 all show the case where the container body 90 is at the extraction position.
  • the middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for rotating the support unit 81B around a shaft 825 in the front-rear direction using the motor 824 as a drive source.
  • the posture of the container body 90 extraction container 9
  • the posture of the container body 90 can be changed from the upright posture (state ST1) in which the neck portion 90b is on the upper side to the inverted posture (state ST3) in which the neck portion 90b is on the lower side.
  • the extraction container 9 is rotating, the state where the lid unit 91 is locked to the container main body 90 by the lock mechanism 821 is maintained.
  • the extraction container 9 is turned upside down between the upright posture and the inverted posture.
  • the convex portion 911c is located at the position of the convex portion 901c in the upright posture, and the convex portion 911d is located at the position of the inverted posture.
  • the convex portion 911c is located at the position of the convex portion 911d in the upright posture. Therefore, in the inverted posture, the operation unit 81A can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 903, and the operation unit 81C can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 913.
  • Control device 11 of the beverage production device 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the control device 11.
  • the control device 11 controls the whole of the beverage production device 1.
  • the control device 11 includes a processing unit 11a, a storage unit 11b, and an I / F (interface) unit 11c.
  • the processing unit 11a is a processor such as a CPU, for example.
  • the storage unit 11b is, for example, a RAM or a ROM.
  • the I / F unit 11c includes an input / output interface that inputs and outputs signals between the external device and the processing unit 11a.
  • the I / F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of performing data communication with the server 16 via a communication network 15 such as the Internet.
  • the server 16 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15, and can receive information such as a reservation for beverage production and an impression from the mobile terminal 17 of a beverage consumer, for example. .
  • the processing unit 11a executes the program stored in the storage unit 11b, and controls the actuator group 14 based on an instruction from the information display device 12, a detection result of the sensor group 13, or an instruction from the server 16.
  • the sensor group 13 is various sensors (for example, a hot water temperature sensor, a mechanism operation position detection sensor, a pressure sensor, and the like) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • the actuator group 14 is various actuators (for example, a motor, a solenoid valve, a heater, and the like) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
  • FIG. 11A shows a control example related to one coffee beverage production operation.
  • the state of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 before the production instruction is called a standby state.
  • the state of each mechanism in the standby state is as follows.
  • the extraction device 3 is in the state of FIG.
  • the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture and is located at the extraction position.
  • the lock mechanism 821 is in a closed state, and the lid unit 91 closes the opening 90 a of the container main body 90.
  • the holding member 801 is at the lowered position and is mounted on the convex portion 911d.
  • the holding member 811 is at the raised position and is mounted on the convex portion 901c. Valves 903 and 913 are closed.
  • the switching valve 10a makes the communication part 810a of the operation unit 8C communicate with the waste tank T.
  • a pre-heat treatment is performed. This process is a process of pouring hot water into the container main body 90 and heating the container main body 90 in advance.
  • the valves 903 and 913 are opened. Thereby, the pipe L3, the extraction container 9, and the waste tank T are brought into a communicating state.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1500 ms) and then closed. Thereby, hot water is poured from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9. Subsequently, the solenoid valve 73 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. Thereby, the air in the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the discharge of hot water to the waste tank T is promoted.
  • a predetermined time for example, 1500 ms
  • the solenoid valve 73 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed.
  • a grinding process is performed.
  • the roasted coffee beans are pulverized, and the ground beans are put into the container body 90.
  • the lock mechanism 821 is opened, and the holding member 801 is raised to the raised position.
  • the lid unit 91 is held by the holding member 801 and rises together with the holding member 801.
  • the holding member 811 descends to the descending position.
  • the container body 90 is moved to the bean charging position.
  • the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 are operated. Thereby, one cup of roasted coffee beans is supplied from the storage device 4 to the grinder 5A.
  • the roasted coffee beans are ground in two stages by the grinders 5A and 5B, and unnecessary materials are separated by the separation device 6.
  • the ground beans are put into the container body 90.
  • FIG. 11B is a flowchart of the extraction processing in S3.
  • step S11 in order to steam the ground beans in the extraction container 9, a smaller amount of hot water than one cup of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms).
  • a predetermined time for example, 500 ms.
  • hot water is poured from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9.
  • a predetermined time for example, 5000 ms
  • the process of S11 ends.
  • the ground beans can be steamed.
  • carbon dioxide contained in the ground beans can be released, and the subsequent extraction effect can be enhanced.
  • the remaining amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 so that one cup of hot water is stored in the extraction container 9.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms). Thereby, hot water is poured from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 can be brought into a state of more than 100 degrees Celsius at 1 atmosphere (for example, about 110 degrees Celsius). Subsequently, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized by S13.
  • the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to a pressure at which hot water does not boil (for example, about 4 atm (about 3 atm in gauge pressure)). Thereafter, the valve 903 is closed.
  • this state is maintained for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms), and immersion-type coffee liquid extraction is performed (S14).
  • the coffee liquor is extracted by the immersion method under high temperature and high pressure.
  • the following effects can be expected by immersion extraction under high temperature and high pressure.
  • the high temperature promotes extraction of the coffee liquor.
  • Third, by raising the temperature the viscosity of the oil contained in the ground beans is reduced, and the extraction of the oil is promoted. Thereby, a fragrant coffee beverage can be manufactured.
  • the temperature of hot water may be higher than 100 degrees Celsius, but a higher temperature is advantageous in extracting coffee liquid. On the other hand, raising the temperature of hot water generally increases costs. Therefore, the temperature of the hot water may be, for example, 105 degrees Celsius or higher, 110 degrees Celsius or higher, or 115 degrees Celsius or higher, and, for example, 130 degrees Celsius or lower, or 120 degrees Celsius or lower.
  • the pressure may be any pressure at which hot water does not boil.
  • the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced.
  • the pressure in the extraction container 9 is switched to the pressure at which the hot water boils.
  • the valve 913 is opened, and the solenoid valve 73c is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms).
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is released to the atmosphere. Thereafter, the valve 913 is closed again.
  • the pressure in the extraction container 9 is rapidly reduced to a pressure lower than the boiling point pressure, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 boils at a stretch. Hot water and ground beans in the extraction container 9 explode in the extraction container 9. Thereby, hot water can be boiled uniformly. Further, the destruction of the cell wall of the ground bean can be promoted, and the subsequent extraction of the coffee liquid can be further promoted. In addition, since the ground beans and the hot water can be stirred by the boiling, the extraction of the coffee liquid can be promoted. Thus, in this embodiment, the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be improved.
  • the extraction container 9 is inverted from the upright posture to the inverted posture.
  • the holding member 801 is moved to the raised position, and the holding member 811 is moved to the lowered position.
  • the support unit 81B is rotated.
  • the holding member 801 is returned to the lowered position, and the holding member 811 is returned to the raised position.
  • the neck portion 90b and the lid unit 91 are located on the lower side.
  • step S17 a permeation type coffee liquid extraction is performed, and the coffee beverage is delivered to the cup C.
  • the switching valve 10a is switched so that the pouring section 10c communicates with the passage section 810a of the operation unit 81C. Further, both the valves 903 and 913 are opened. Further, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 10,000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is set to a predetermined pressure (for example, 1.7 atm (0.7 atm in gauge pressure)).
  • the coffee beverage in which the coffee liquid is dissolved in hot water passes through the filter provided in the lid unit 91 and is sent to the cup C.
  • the filter regulates the leakage of ground bean residues. Thus, the extraction process ends.
  • the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved by using both the immersion extraction in S14 and the transmission extraction in S17.
  • the ground beans are deposited from the body 90e to the bottom 90f.
  • the ground beans are deposited from the shoulder 90d to the neck 90b.
  • the cross-sectional area of the trunk portion 90e is larger than the cross-sectional area of the neck portion 90b, and the accumulation thickness of the ground beans in the inverted posture is larger than that in the upright posture. That is, the ground beans are relatively thin and widely accumulated when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, and relatively thick and narrowly accumulated when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture.
  • the immersion extraction in S14 is performed in a state where the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, hot water and ground beans can be brought into wide contact with each other, and the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved.
  • the hot water and the ground beans tend to partially contact.
  • the permeation extraction in S17 is performed in a state where the extraction container 9 is in an inverted posture, the hot water passes through the accumulated ground beans while contacting more ground beans. The hot water comes into contact with the ground beans more evenly, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be further improved.
  • the discharging processing in S4 is performed.
  • processing related to cleaning of the inside of the extraction container 9 is performed.
  • the cleaning of the extraction container 9 is performed by returning the extraction container 9 from the inverted posture to the upright posture and supplying tap water (purified water) to the extraction container 9. Then, the pressure in the extraction container 9 is increased, and the water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T together with the residue of the ground beans.
  • One coffee beverage manufacturing process is completed. Thereafter, the same processing is repeated for each manufacturing instruction.
  • the time required for one production of a coffee beverage is, for example, about 60 to 90 seconds.
  • the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes the bean processing device 2 and the extraction device 3 as a manufacturing unit. More specifically, the bean processing device 2 includes the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5, and the extraction device 3 includes: It includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10 (see FIGS. 2 and 3).
  • the crushing device 5 receives one cup of roasted coffee beans from the storage device 4 and performs two-stage bean grinding by the grinders 5A and 5B. At this time, unnecessary materials such as chaff are separated from the ground beans by the separation device 6.
  • the fluid supply unit 7 pours the water into the extraction container 9
  • the driving unit 8 reverses the posture of the extraction container 9
  • the switching unit 10 switches the extraction container 9 to the cup C.
  • a beverage for one cup is provided.
  • a part of the manufacturing unit is covered by a cover unit 102 configured as a transparent cover that is a transparent unit as a whole, so that a user (for example, an administrator of the apparatus 1 or a user of a beverage) can visually recognize the apparatus from outside the apparatus 1. It is possible.
  • the plurality of canisters 40 that are a part of the storage device 4 are exposed, and other elements are substantially housed in the housing 100.
  • the entire manufacturing unit may be housed in the housing 100.
  • the cover unit 102 may be provided to cover at least a part of the manufacturing unit.
  • the cover unit 102 Since at least a part of the production unit is covered by the cover unit 102 so as to be visible from the outside of the apparatus 1, for example, when the user is an administrator of the apparatus 1, the administrator may prepare the beverage and prepare the beverage. In some cases, an operation check can be performed. If the user is a purchaser of the beverage, the purchaser may be able to wait for the completion of the production of the beverage while increasing the expectation of the beverage.
  • the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 is visible from the outside of the device 1 via the cover unit 102, and among several processes for producing beverages, an extraction step that is relatively interesting to the user can be observed. .
  • the drive unit 8 acts as a posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container 9, and as described above, the extraction container 9 is a movable part that can be turned upside down in the manufacturing unit. Therefore, the reversing operation of the extraction container 9 is relatively easy to attract the user's interest, and the user can be entertained by making this observable by the user in some cases.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720.
  • FIG. 13 shows a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV of FIG. 12 and a cross-sectional view of another example (configuration example EX31).
  • the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 is a tank that stores hot water (water) that constitutes a coffee beverage, and is a device that has a function of sending a fixed amount of hot water. Thereby, it is possible to sequentially send out hot water necessary for one cup of coffee beverage, and it is also possible to change the amount of hot water at that time.
  • components having the same functions as the components related to the water tank 72 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
  • the liquid sending amount adjusting device 720 has a tank 720a for storing hot water.
  • the outer wall of the tank 720a includes a peripheral wall 721, an upper wall 723 joined to an upper end of the peripheral wall 721, and a bottom wall 724 joined to a lower end of the peripheral wall 721.
  • a partition wall 722 is provided in the tank 720a, and the internal space is partitioned by the partition wall 722 into an outer cylindrical space 725 and an inner cylindrical space 726A.
  • the partition wall 722 is a cylindrical wall concentrically arranged with the peripheral wall 721, but the partition wall 722 may be eccentric with respect to the peripheral wall 721 as shown in a configuration example EX31 of FIG. .
  • Space 725 constitutes a storage unit for storing hot water.
  • the space 725 is also called a storage unit 725.
  • a movable member 727c is arranged above the space 726A, and the space 726 below the movable member 727c forms a storage unit for storing hot water.
  • the space 726 is also called a storage unit 726.
  • the storage section 725 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the storage section 725 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water.
  • the heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (here, 120 degrees Celsius) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b.
  • the heater 72a is turned on when, for example, the temperature of hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and is turned off when the temperature is 120 degrees Celsius.
  • the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 includes a sensor (not shown; for example, a sensor corresponding to the pressure sensor 72g in FIG. 3) for detecting the atmospheric pressure in the storage section 725, and the electromagnetic valve 72f includes a pressure regulating valve 72e (see FIG. 3). ) Is switched between supply and cutoff of the pressure adjusted in the storage section 725.
  • the solenoid valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the pressure in the storage unit 725 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water (purified water) is supplied to the storage unit 725.
  • a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage section 725 is connected to a pipe that connects the storage section 725 to the atmosphere, and is provided with a solenoid valve 72h.
  • the solenoid valve 72h When supplying tap water to the storage section 725, the pressure of the storage section 725 is reduced to less than 2.5 atm by the solenoid valve 72h so that tap water is smoothly supplied to the storage section 725 by the water pressure of the tap water.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72h switches whether or not to release the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the storage unit 725 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced.
  • the solenoid valve 72h releases the storage unit 725 to the atmosphere and maintains the storage unit 725 at 3 atm when the air pressure in the storage unit 725 exceeds 3 atm other than when tap water is supplied to the storage unit 725. .
  • a pipe L2 for supplying tap water to the storage unit 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage unit 725, and a solenoid valve 72d is provided here.
  • the solenoid valve 72d is controlled to open and close based on a detection result of a water level sensor 72c described later, and controls the water level of hot water in the storage unit 725.
  • a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725 is connected to a pipe L2 'for discharging hot water from the storage portion 725, and is provided with an electromagnetic valve 72d'.
  • the solenoid valve 72d ' is opened when the hot water in the storage section 725 is discarded, and the hot water in the storage section 725 is discharged to the pipe L2'.
  • the storage section 726 is a space whose volume can be changed by the movement of the movable member 727c. Hot water is supplied to the storage unit 726 from the storage unit 725 via a pipe 728a, an electromagnetic valve 728, and a pipe 728b.
  • the pipe 728 a connects between the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage section 725 and the solenoid valve 728.
  • the pipe 728 b connects between the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage section 726 and the solenoid valve 728.
  • the electromagnetic valve 728 is a three-way valve, and can perform switching between communication and disconnection between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and switching between communication and disconnection between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. .
  • the solenoid valve 728 can also shut off any of the pipes.
  • the pipe 728c is a pipe for sending out hot water in the storage unit 726 to the extraction container 9.
  • the solenoid valve 728 shuts off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a communicate with each other. Conversely, when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c communicate with each other, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are shut off.
  • the arrow indicated by the solenoid valve 728 in the figure indicates the operation state of the solenoid valve 728. In the case of the example of FIG. 12, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are connected, and the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are shut off. The state is shown.
  • the electromagnetic valve 728 is configured to be a three-way valve, and one electromagnetic valve 728 is used to switch between them.
  • a configuration is also adopted in which the pipe 728b is divided into two, and a valve that switches between communication and blocking between the one pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and a valve that switches communication and blocking between the other pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are employed. It is possible.
  • the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 includes a drive unit 727.
  • the drive unit 727 is controlled in accordance with the amount of hot water sent from the storage unit 726, and changes the volume of the storage unit 726. The required amount of hot water for one cup varies depending on the size of the coffee cup.
  • the drive unit 727 adjusts the volume of the storage unit 726 so that an appropriate amount of hot water is sent from the storage unit 726 according to the size of the coffee cup and the like.
  • the drive unit 727 is a mechanism that changes the volume of the storage unit 726 by moving the movable member 727c up and down.
  • the movable member 727c is a piston-shaped member that is inserted into the space 726A and is configured to slide vertically, and the bottom surface 727d forms an upper wall of the storage unit 726.
  • the movable member 727c may be called a piston unit or the like, and the space 726A may be called a cylinder unit or the like.
  • the volume of the storage section 726 changes.
  • the volume of the storage part 726 is not changed by moving the position of the upper wall body as in this example, but is changed by moving the position of the lower or side wall body. Is also possible.
  • the movable member 727c includes a sealing member (not shown) that forms a seal with the inner surface of the partition wall 722, and slides the inner surface of the partition wall 722 in a liquid-tight manner.
  • a groove 727e extending in the vertical direction is formed on the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c, and the groove 727e has a gap with the inner surface of the partition wall 722.
  • the groove 727e is formed so as to communicate with an opening 722a penetrating the partition wall 722 in the thickness direction.
  • the opening 722a is formed at a position above the highest water level of the hot water in the storage portion 725 (the position of a sensor 731b described later), and is an air communication portion that allows the storage portion 725 to communicate with the space 726A. Air is communicated between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 through the opening 722a and the groove 727e, and the air pressure in these spaces becomes the same.
  • a passage communicating with the atmosphere may be separately provided.
  • the drive unit 727 includes a motor 727a supported on the upper wall 723 as a drive source, and includes a screw shaft 727b as a moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c.
  • the screw shaft 727b extends vertically and rotates by the driving force of the motor 727a.
  • the movable member 727c has a screw hole 727f opened on the upper surface thereof, and the screw shaft 727b is engaged with the screw hole 727f.
  • the movable member 727c is provided with a detent (not shown), and moves in a vertical direction by rotation of the screw shaft 727b.
  • the detent may be, for example, a concave portion and a convex portion which are provided on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 and the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c and extend in the up-down direction.
  • the moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c a screw mechanism including the screw shaft 727b and the screw hole 727f is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and another mechanism such as a rack-pinion mechanism can be adopted.
  • the water level sensor 72c is a measurement unit that measures the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725.
  • the water level sensor 72c includes a vertically extending hollow cylindrical storage portion 729, a float 730 provided in the storage portion 729, a lower sensor 731a for detecting the float 730, and an upper sensor 731b.
  • the storage section 729 communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729a below the sensor 731a, and communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729b above the sensor 731b.
  • the hot water in the storage section 725 flows into the storage section 729 via the communication section 729a.
  • the communication part 729b is an air communication part that connects the storage part 725 and the storage part 729, and air is communicated between the storage part 725 and the storage part 729 via the communication part 729b. Therefore, the water level of the hot water in storage section 729 is equal to the water level of the hot water in storage section 725.
  • the storage section 729 is formed of a transparent member such as glass or acrylic.
  • the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 729 can be visually recognized from the outside, and as a result, the user can check the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725.
  • a transmission part is provided in a part of the peripheral wall (721) of the storage part 725 so that the water level can be visually recognized.
  • the float 730 may be of any type as long as it floats in hot water in the storage section 729.
  • the sensors 731a and 731b are, for example, optical sensors (photo interrupters), and detect the float 730 from outside the storage unit 729.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened to supply water to the storage section 725. That is, the sensor 731a monitors the lower limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725.
  • the lower limit of the water level is set at a position higher than that of the heater 72a, and it is possible to prevent empty heating by the heater 72a.
  • the electromagnetic valve 72d is closed to stop the supply of water to the storage section 725. That is, the sensor 731b monitors the upper limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725.
  • a configuration equivalent to the water level sensor 72c can be constructed inside the storage unit 725. However, by constructing the water level sensor 72c outside the storage unit 725 as in this example, it is easy to check the water level of the storage unit 725 from outside.
  • the volume of the storage section 726 is adjusted by the drive unit 727 according to the cup size and the like.
  • State ST61 shows this state.
  • the movable member 727c descends, and the volume of the storage section 726 is set to a smaller volume than the example of FIG.
  • the solenoid valve 728 communicates the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and hot water is not supplied from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726.
  • hot water is supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 until the storage unit 726 is full.
  • the state ST62 indicates a state where the storage unit 726 is full. Hot water also enters the groove 727c, but the groove 727c needs only a volume enough to secure air communication, and can be minimized.
  • the heater 72a is not provided in the storage unit 726, but since the storage unit 726 is surrounded by the storage unit 725, the heat retaining performance of the stored hot water can be ensured.
  • the volume of the storage section 726 may be changed by the drive unit 727.
  • Hot water can be supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 by other methods, but in this example, hot water is supplied in a relatively simple configuration by using the head difference between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726. Can be supplied.
  • the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out.
  • state ST63 by connecting the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c with each other by the electromagnetic valve 728, hot water can be sent from the pipe 728c to the extraction container 9 at its own weight or the pressure of the storage unit 726.
  • the operating state of the solenoid valve 728 is shut off for all the pipes, so that the hot water in the storage section 726 can be supplied stepwise.
  • the steaming step S11 in FIG. 11 (B)
  • the entire amount of hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out.
  • the transmission confirmation of the entire amount can be performed by the opening time of the electromagnetic valve 728 (communication time between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c).
  • the control valve 72d may be opened to supply water corresponding to the amount to the storage unit 725.
  • the amount of hot water to be sent can be adjusted.
  • control for opening and closing the valve based on the detection result using a flow rate sensor is used for adjusting the amount of liquid to be delivered.
  • a corresponding flow sensor may not be commercially available or may be expensive.
  • the amount of hot water to be sent can be adjusted without the need for a flow rate sensor.
  • Example of operation control using liquid supply amount adjusting device By using the liquid sending amount adjusting device 720, for example, a part of the manufacturing process can be changed to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing device 1.
  • the processing unit 11a see FIG. 10
  • FIG. 12 For the description omitted below, refer to the above-described steps in FIGS. 11A and 11B and the operation contents of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 in FIGS. 12 to 14.
  • FIG. 15 shows a control example relating to one coffee beverage production operation.
  • the pre-heat treatment S1 is divided into at least two heating steps S101 and S102 (referred to as S1 'for distinction from S1 in FIG. 11A).
  • Step S101 is a process of pouring hot water into the extraction container 9 (the container main body 90) and heating the extraction container 9 in advance.
  • the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to make the pipe 728a communicate with the pipe 728b, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726.
  • the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to make the pipe 728b communicate with the pipe 728c, and the hot water in the storage unit 726 is sent out to the extraction container 9 via the pipe L3.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized by controlling the electromagnetic valve 73, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T.
  • S102 is a process of supplying the steam generated in the storage units 725 and 726 into the container main body 90 and heating the extraction container 9.
  • This steam can be generated by depressurizing the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726, and can be realized by the same procedure as in S15 (see FIG. 11B).
  • the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to shut off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.
  • the pipe L3 that functions as a connection part that connects the storage units 725 and 726 and the extraction container 9 and that forms a flow path therebetween is also heated together with the extraction container 9 in S102. . Thus, when the liquid passes through the pipe L3, the liquid does not cool down.
  • the extraction container 9 has the valves 903 and 913, which are hot water as a liquid used for the extraction, a beverage obtained by the extraction (a coffee liquid in this example), or S102. Acts as an inlet or outlet for the steam used to heat the air.
  • the steam flows into the extraction container 9 from the valve 913 and flows out of the extraction container 9 from the valve 903.
  • the valve 903 is opened, so that when the vapor is liquefied in the extraction container 9 and becomes a liquid, the liquid is discharged. It is possible to flow out of the extraction container 9 from the valve 903 without staying inside for a long time.
  • the taste, flavor, and the like of the beverage are not unintentionally diluted, which is advantageous in improving the quality of the beverage. is there.
  • both the valves 903 and 913 may be closed and the extraction container 9 may be vibrated.
  • Generation of vibrations in the extraction container 9 can be realized by the motors 823 and / or 824 of the middle unit 8B (see FIG. 9).
  • the heating of the extraction container 9 using steam may be performed before S101. That is, the execution order of S101 and S102 may be reversed, and S102 may be performed twice before and after S101. Performing S102 before S101 may make it easier to remove residues generated during previous or previous extraction in S101.
  • the main pouring step S12 is divided into at least two pouring steps S121 and S122.
  • S121 which is the first pouring is performed after S11 and before S13.
  • S13 to S16 are performed in the same procedure as in FIG.
  • the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in the upright posture with a relatively small deposition thickness, and the ground beans are immersed in the hot water supplied in S121. .
  • the hot water in the extraction container 9 is boiled, and in S16, the extraction container 9 is turned over to be in an inverted posture, and then after S17 / S17, the second pouring, S122, is performed.
  • S122 is shown to be performed after S17, but preferably, S122 is performed substantially simultaneously with S17 after the start of S17.
  • S17 may be performed substantially simultaneously with S122 after the start of S122. That is, S122 and S17 may be performed at least partially in parallel, and may be combined into one process K such as, for example, a pouring and sending process.
  • the extraction container 9 when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, the ground beans are deposited from the body 90e to the bottom portion 90f, whereas when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, the ground beans are moved to the shoulder 90d. From the top to the neck 90b. That is, the extraction container 9 includes a thick portion extending from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f and a thin portion extending from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b, and the ground beans are deposited on the thick portion in the upright posture, In the inverted posture, it accumulates on the thin part.
  • the hot water in the extraction container 9 passes through the thicker beans that have been deposited thicker than in the upright posture, and is thus separated from the ground beans. Because of the uniform contact, it is possible to realize high efficiency of the transmission extraction.
  • S122 which is the second pouring, is performed together with S17, the extraction container 9 sends out the drinking liquid obtained by the immersion-type extraction with the hot water received in S121, and additionally supplies hot water in S122. Will receive.
  • the hot water additionally flowing into the extraction container 9 in S122 is not substantially used for the immersion extraction but is mainly used for the permeation extraction. According to such an extraction mode, it is possible to effectively impart a unique taste of the permeation extraction to the beverage, and it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
  • the amount of pouring in S121 and the amount of pouring in S122 may be set or changed by a user, for example, that is, the ratio between immersion extraction and transmission extraction may be adjustable. As a result, in some cases, it is possible to manufacture a beverage with a quality according to the user's preference.
  • FIGS. 16 (a) to 16 (h) and FIGS. 17 (i) to 17 (ologie) are schematic diagrams for explaining the control mode of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to each step of FIG. 15 described above.
  • FIG. In order to facilitate understanding, in the following description, a simple model of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 will be used, and the solenoid valve 728, which is a three-way valve, is a valve that switches between communication and shutoff between the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b. 7281 and a valve 7282 that switches between communication and disconnection between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.
  • FIG. 16 (a) shows an initial state of the liquid-feeding-amount adjusting device 720, and the beverage production device 1 is waiting for a beverage production start instruction.
  • the initial state as schematically shown in the figure, both valves 7281 and 7282 are closed.
  • FIGS. 16 (b) to 16 (c) show aspects of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S101 (heating treatment of the extraction container 9 using a small amount of hot water).
  • the valve 7281 is opened, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 as shown by the dashed arrow.
  • the valve 7282 is opened, and the hot water in the storage section 726 is supplied to the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow. Thereby, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are heated.
  • FIGS. 16 (d) to 16 (e) show aspects of the liquid-feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S102 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using steam).
  • the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 is depressurized to boil the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726, thereby generating steam in the storage units 725 and 726. Since the valve 7282 is in the open state, the generated steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c as shown by a dashed arrow.
  • FIG. 16D the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 is depressurized to boil the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726, thereby generating steam in the storage units 725 and 726. Since the valve 7282 is in the open state, the generated steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c as shown by a dashed arrow.
  • FIG. 16D the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 is depressurized to boil the hot water in the storage units 725 and
  • FIGS. 16 (f) to 16 (h) show aspects of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to a preparation step for executing the extraction processing S3 '.
  • the valve 7281 is opened, and the storage section One cup of hot water (for example, about 180 cc) is moved from 725 to storage section 726. After the movement of the hot water from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 is completed, the valve 7281 is closed in the step of FIG.
  • the amount for one cup may be set or selected in advance by the user, may be determined based on the size of the cup placed on the placement unit 110, or may be a fixed value. Is also good.
  • the grinding process S2 may be performed in parallel between the steps of FIG. 16F to FIG. 16H, thereby shortening the time until the production of the beverage is completed. It can be shortened.
  • FIG. 17 (i) to FIG. 17 (j) show aspects of the liquid sending amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the steaming pouring S11.
  • the valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (i), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (j).
  • a part (for example, about 30 cc) of the hot water stored in the storage section 726 flows into the extraction container 9 for steaming in S11, as shown by the dashed arrow.
  • FIG. 17 (k) to FIG. 17 (l) show aspects of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the first main pouring pouring step S121.
  • the valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (k), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (l). Thereby, a part (for example, about 40 cc) of the remaining hot water in the storage section 726 flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow.
  • S13 to S17 are performed after the process of FIG. Although details will be described later, in S13 of the present example, pouring (for example, about 30 cc) is performed together with pressurization in the extraction container 9.
  • FIG. 17 (m) shows a mode of the liquid-feeding-amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the second-time main pouring pouring S122.
  • the remaining hot water for example, about 80 cc
  • the storage section 726 additionally flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow.
  • S122 is performed substantially at the same time as S17, and the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 is not substantially used for the immersion extraction but is mainly used for the permeation extraction.
  • S17 is completed when substantially all of the beverage has been delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup.
  • the steam in the storage units 725 and 726 can be generated in the same procedure as in S102 (steps in FIGS. 16D to 16E).
  • steam is generated in the storage units 725 and 726 by depressurizing the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water, and the steam is sent to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c. Supply.
  • the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726 is appropriately stirred, and the heater 72a can be driven as necessary. Thereafter, in the step of FIG. 17 (changing), the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of the steam.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 can be adjusted to, for example, about 1.6 to 2 atm.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining a mode of a change in the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 at the time of the extraction process S3 '.
  • the horizontal axis indicates the time axis, and indicates the periods T1 to T11 and also shows the steps (S11 and the like) corresponding to the periods T1 to T11.
  • the vertical axis indicates the atmospheric pressure P in the extraction container 9 in each of the periods T1 to T11.
  • Period T1 to T2 is a period corresponding to pouring S11 for steaming.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to about 1.8 atm, and hot water for steaming (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9.
  • the timing of the flow of hot water into the extraction container 9 may be any within the period T1, but may be preset or selected by the user, or may be changed depending on the type of beverage.
  • the ground beans are steamed with the hot water. This period (about 15 seconds) is referred to as a period T2.
  • the period T3 is a period corresponding to the first pouring S121.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 3 atm, and hot water (about 40 cc) for main extraction flows into the extraction container 9 as S121.
  • the period T4 is a period corresponding to the pressurization S13 in the extraction container 9.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 5 atm and hot water (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9.
  • the amount of pouring can be adjusted between the periods T3 and T4, and for example, pouring of about 70 cc may be completed in the period T3.
  • the timing between the periods T3 and T4 may be defined as an inflection point of the atmospheric pressure P.
  • Period T5 is a period corresponding to immersion extraction S14. After the pressure in the extraction container 9 reaches 5 atm, the state is maintained. This period (about one second) is referred to as a period T5. Thereby, a coffee liquid as a beverage is extracted from the ground beans to be extracted.
  • Periods T6 to T8 are periods corresponding to the reduced pressure S15 in the extraction container 9.
  • the pressure reduction is performed in two stages. In the period T6, first, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced from 5 atm to 1.5 atm in a relatively short time (rapid decompression), and then, the process stands by for a predetermined period (about 3 seconds). Next, in the period T7, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atm, and then the process stands by for a predetermined period (about 1 second).
  • the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the reduced pressure S15.
  • a part of the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the first stage of the pressure reduction in the period T6, and then, the extraction container is reduced by the second stage of the period T7.
  • Other parts of the liquid in 9 can also be boiled and stirred. Therefore, for example, the entire liquid in the extraction container 9 can be appropriately agitated, which may be advantageous when, for example, the extracted beverage liquid has unevenness in concentration, composition, or the like.
  • the inside of the extraction container 9 is returned to 1.5 atm to stabilize the boiling, and a liquid (for example, about 5 cc) that can remain in the flow path (the pipes L2 and L3) is pushed into the extraction container 9.
  • the period T9 is the inversion S16 of the extraction container 9 and the subsequent waiting period (about 2 seconds). Note that the start timing of the period T9 corresponds to the timing at which the inversion S16 is executed.
  • the ground beans to be extracted are deposited with a relatively large deposition thickness in the lower part of the extraction container 9.
  • the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atm.
  • the period T10 to T11 is a period corresponding to the permeation extraction S17, whereby the beverage is sent from the extraction container 9 to the cup.
  • the second pouring S122 is performed almost simultaneously with S17, and the hot water (about 80 cc) additionally flowing into the extraction container 9 is mainly used for the permeation extraction.
  • the pressure in the extraction container 9 is increased to 1.6 atm after, for example, S122 in the period T10, and the pressure in the extraction container 9 is increased to 2 atm in the subsequent period T11 to promote the delivery of the beverage.
  • the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the steam of the storage units 725 and 726.
  • the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the air pressure from the compressor 70. This makes it possible to provide the entire beverage (including the liquid in the flow path) to be delivered to the cup appropriately and in a relatively short time.
  • FIG. 19 is a waveform in which the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 (the state of change in the amount of hot water) that changes with time is added by a broken line to FIG. In this example, a total of about 185 cc of beverage will be provided.
  • Period T1 Pouring process for steaming
  • Period T2 steaming process
  • Period T3 First pouring step
  • Period T4 pressurizing step
  • Period T5 high pressure immersion step
  • Period T6 rapid decompression step after high-pressure immersion
  • Period T7 rapid decompression step after the standby state
  • Period T8 a standby step of waiting for the liquid remaining in the flow path to flow into the extraction container 9
  • Period T9 Container posture changing step (container reversing step), and A standby step of waiting for the completion of the deposition of the extraction target in the extraction container 9
  • Period T10 Second pouring step, Beverage delivery process (first half), or Beverage delivery promotion process using steam
  • Period T10 Second pouring step, Beverage delivery process (first half), or Beverage delivery promotion process using steam
  • FIG. 19 shows the target values (or set values) of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 that change with the passage of time, and how the actual values change. , May be additionally plotted on the information display device 12 (see FIG. 1 and the like).
  • the user when the user is a beverage purchaser or the like, it may be possible to make the user wait without getting bored.
  • the user is an administrator of the device 1 or the like, the user may be able to confirm whether or not the production of the beverage by the device 1 is being appropriately performed.
  • FIG. 20 shows that, as information that can be displayed on the information display device 12 during the production of the beverage, the actual values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are superimposed on the target value over time (in real time).
  • the plot is shown. That is, FIG. 20 is obtained by adding a waveform indicating a state of changes in the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 to FIG. These actual values can be measured as actual measured values by a pressure sensor and a temperature sensor, respectively.
  • the solid line shows the manner of change of the target value of the air pressure in the extraction container 9 when extracting one cup of beverage
  • the dashed line shows the manner of change of the measured value of the air pressure in the extraction container 9.
  • the broken line indicates the manner of change of the target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, and the two-dot chain line indicates the manner of change of the measured value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.
  • the process at the present time is in the middle of the period T6 (S15), and the measured values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are plotted from the period T1 to the time (in the middle of the period T6).
  • the measured value of the air pressure in the extraction container 9 at this time is 1.2 atm
  • the measured value of the amount of hot water is 100 cc.
  • the measured values are continuously plotted in the subsequent steps. According to such a display mode, when the actual measurement value does not reach the target value or when the actual measurement value greatly deviates from the target value, the user can generate a leak in the flow path and form the flow path. It is possible to quickly respond to troubles of each element (piping, valve, etc.).
  • FIG. 20 illustrates an example in which the target values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 and the state of the change of the actually measured values are shown on the information display device 12, but a part of them is shown in the information display device. 12 may be shown.
  • the state of change may be shown only for the target value and the actual measurement value of the atmospheric pressure, or the state of change may be shown only for the target value and the actual measurement value of the amount of hot water.
  • the calculation result of the target value and the actual measurement value (for example, a state of a change in the deviation amount thereof) may be indicated.
  • the manner in which the target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are changed is prepared in advance as a plurality of patterns, and the user can select a desired one from among them.
  • the information indicating the plurality of patterns may be stored in the storage unit 11b (see FIG. 10) in advance, or may be acquired from the server 16 via the communication network 15.
  • the selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12 which is a touch panel display.
  • the change of the target value and the measured value of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 is displayed on the information display device 12 over the entire period T1 to T11. May be stored in the storage unit 11b, for example. Therefore, the user can display the information again by performing a predetermined operation via the information display device 12 as necessary. Thereby, the user can also confirm the change of the target value and the measured value at the time of beverage production performed in the past, for example.
  • the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated as having the same length as each other. However, these periods are provided on the actual information display device 12 at intervals corresponding to the actual time length. Should be displayed as.
  • the steam generated in the storage units 725 and 726 capable of storing the high-temperature liquid (hot water) in the liquid transfer amount control device 720 causes the extraction container 9 Perform heating.
  • the entire extraction container 9 can be uniformly heated.
  • the subsequent permeation-type extraction S17 it is possible to perform a uniform extraction of a beverage liquid (coffee liquid) at a desired temperature.
  • the quality of the beverage can be improved.
  • ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in the upright posture and immersed in liquid (hot water).
  • This liquid flows into the extraction container 9 in S121, which is the first pouring.
  • the extraction container 9 is turned upside down to increase the thickness of the ground beans (see S16), and the beverage is sent from the extraction container 9 in this inverted posture to the cup via the pouring unit 10c (see S17).
  • the remaining liquid (hot water) additionally flows into the extraction container 9 being sent out in S122, which is the second pouring.
  • the additionally introduced liquid is mainly used for permeation extraction, and according to such an extraction mode, for example, it is possible to impart a unique taste to permeation extraction to a beverage.
  • the ratio between the immersion extraction and the transmission extraction can be adjusted, and in some cases, the range of expressible tastes and flavors can be increased. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above-described several embodiments and examples, and these contents can be combined with each other without departing from the gist of the present invention. May be changed. Further, individual terms described in this specification are merely used for describing the present invention, and it is needless to say that the present invention is not limited to the strict meaning of the terms. It may also include its equivalents. For example, expressions such as “apparatus” and “part” may be paraphrased as “unit”, “module”, and the like.
  • coffee beverages are exclusively used, but various beverages such as teas such as Japanese tea and black tea, soups, and soup can also be used.
  • coffee beans, green coffee beans, ground coffee beans, roasted coffee beans, ground coffee beans, unroasted coffee beans, and unroasted coffee beans can be extracted.
  • Beans, powdered coffee beans, instant coffee, coffee in a pod, and the like have been exemplified, coffee beverages and the like have been illustrated as beverages, and coffee liquid has been illustrated as a beverage liquid, but is not limited thereto.
  • tea leaves such as Japanese tea, black tea, and oolong tea, ground tea leaves, vegetables, crushed vegetables, fruits, crushed fruits, cereals, crushed grains, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, and mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms Mashed, dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, heated and dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, crushed fish such as bonito, crushed fish such as bonito, bonito Heated and dried fish such as bonito, dried and dried fish such as bonito, crushed seaweed such as konbu, crushed seaweed such as konbu, and heated seaweed such as konbu After dried, dried seaweed such as konbu, dried and dried meat, such as cows, pigs, birds, etc., dried meat after heating, etc.
  • Beverages may be extracted materials such as crushed materials obtained by heating and drying bones and the like, and beverages such as Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, vegetable juice, fruit juice, juice, dashi, soup, etc.
  • beverages such as Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, vegetable juice, fruit juice, juice, dashi, soup, etc.
  • any extract such as Japanese tea extract, black tea extract, oolong tea extract, vegetable extract, fruit extract, mushroom extract, fish extract, meat extract, bone extract, etc. may be used.
  • water, tap water, purified water, hot water there is a place to be described as washing water, for example, replace the water with hot water, or replace any of the hot water may be replaced with water.
  • the extraction target for example, ground coffee beans
  • the extraction target for example, ground coffee beans
  • cold water or simply water
  • It may be replaced with the description of putting in the extraction container 9, and in this case, it may be considered as a method for extracting cold coffee or the like or a beverage production device.
  • a beverage manufacturing apparatus for example, 1) for manufacturing a beverage
  • a storage unit for example, 720, 725, 726) capable of storing a high-temperature liquid
  • An extraction container eg, 9) in which a liquid from the storage unit and an extraction target (eg, ground beans) are stored, and a beverage is extracted from the extraction target;
  • the heating of the extraction container is performed by the steam generated in the storage unit (for example, S102, the step of FIG. 16D),
  • a beverage production device characterized by the fact that This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
  • a beverage production device characterized by the fact that by lowering the air pressure in the storage section and boiling the liquid in the storage section, the liquid can be stirred and the temperature can be made uniform. In addition, the heating can be appropriately performed using the steam generated at that time.
  • connection unit for example, L3, 728c for connecting the storage unit and the extraction container, When the heating of the extraction container by the steam is performed, heating of the connection portion is also performed.
  • a beverage production device characterized by the fact that Accordingly, the connection portion is also heated, so that the liquid does not cool when the liquid passes through the connection portion.
  • the second heating is performed by flowing the high-temperature liquid in the storage section to the connection section and the extraction container (for example, S101, the step of FIG. 16C).
  • a beverage production device characterized by the fact that This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container by performing the second heating (S101) before the first heating (S102) using steam.
  • by performing the second heating it may be possible to wash away residues (liquid residue and the like) in the flow channel at the time of the previous or past extraction.
  • the extraction container is provided with an inlet (for example, 903, 913) and an openable / closable outlet (for example, 903, 913), Said liquid is injected from said inlet;
  • the drinking liquid flows out of the outlet,
  • the steam enters from the inlet and exits from the outlet;
  • the outlet is open when the steam flows in from the inlet,
  • a beverage production device characterized by the fact that Thus, when the vapor is liquefied to become a liquid, the liquid can flow out of the outlet without staying in the extraction container for a long time. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent the beverage to be manufactured from being unintentionally diluted.
  • the said extraction container is provided with the inlet and outlet (for example, 903, 913) which can be opened and closed, respectively, Said liquid is injected from said inlet;
  • the drinking liquid flows out of the outlet,
  • the steam enters from the inlet and exits from the outlet;
  • the extraction container is vibrated in a state where the inlet and the outlet of the extraction container are closed,
  • a beverage production device characterized by the fact that As a result, the vapor is uniformly spread in the extraction container, and the entire extraction container can be uniformly heated.
  • a storage portion capable of storing a high-temperature liquid, and an extraction container (for storing a liquid and an extraction target (for example, ground beans) from the storage portion and extracting a beverage from the extraction target)
  • an extraction container for storing a liquid and an extraction target (for example, ground beans) from the storage portion and extracting a beverage from the extraction target)
  • a control method of a beverage manufacturing apparatus comprising: A heating step (for example, S102, a step in FIG. 16 (d)) of heating the extraction container with the steam generated in the storage unit; A control method characterized in that: This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
  • a control method characterized in that:
  • the liquid can be stirred and the temperature can be made uniform.
  • the heating can be appropriately performed using the steam generated at that time.
  • the beverage manufacturing device includes a connection unit (for example, L3, 728c) that connects the storage unit and the extraction container, In the heating step, when the extraction container is heated by the steam, the connection part is also heated.
  • a control method characterized in that: Accordingly, the connection portion is also heated, so that the liquid does not cool when the liquid passes through the connection portion.
  • the heating step is a first heating step
  • a second heating step for example, S101, the step of FIG. 16 (c) of heating the high-temperature liquid in the storage section by flowing the high-temperature liquid through the connection section and the extraction container.
  • a control method characterized in that: This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container by performing the second heating (S101) before the first heating (S102) using steam.
  • S101 the second heating
  • S102 the first heating
  • the extraction container is provided with an inlet (for example, 903, 913) and an openable / closable outlet (for example, 903, 913), Said liquid is injected from said inlet, said beverage liquid flows out of said outlet, said vapor flows in from said inlet and flows out of said outlet, In the heating step, the outlet is open when the steam flows in from the inlet,
  • a control method characterized in that:
  • the said extraction container is provided with the inlet and outlet (for example, 903, 913) which can be opened and closed, respectively, Said liquid is injected from said inlet, said beverage liquid flows out of said outlet, said vapor flows in from said inlet and flows out of said outlet, In the heating step, the extraction container is vibrated in a state where the inlet and the outlet of the extraction container are closed,
  • a control method characterized in that: As a result, the vapor is uniformly spread in the extraction container, and the entire extraction container can be uniformly heated.
  • An extraction method for extracting a beverage from an extraction target An immersion step (for example, S14) of immersing the extraction target deposited in the extraction container in the first aspect in a liquid in an extraction container (for example, 9) in a first posture (for example, an upright posture); A posture changing step (for example, S16) of changing the posture of the extraction container from the first posture to a second posture (for example, an inverted posture); A delivery step (S17, K) for delivering the liquid from the extraction container in the second posture.
  • An immersion step for example, S14 of immersing the extraction target deposited in the extraction container in the first aspect in a liquid in an extraction container (for example, 9) in a first posture (for example, an upright posture);
  • a posture changing step for example, S16 of changing the posture of the extraction container from the first posture to a second posture (for example, an inverted posture);
  • the extraction target is deposited in a second mode
  • the second aspect is an aspect in which the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than the first aspect
  • the liquid is caused to flow into the extraction container while delivering the liquid that has passed through the extraction target deposited in the second aspect (for example, S122, K, the process of FIG. 17 (m)).
  • An extraction method characterized by the fact that
  • the delivery step for example, it is possible to impart a flavor unique to the permeation extraction to the beverage.
  • the ratio between immersion extraction and transmission extraction may be adjustable. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
  • the extraction container includes a thick part and a thin part, In the first posture, the extraction target is deposited on the thick portion, In the second posture, the extraction target is deposited on the thin portion, An extraction method characterized by the fact that Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B1 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
  • An extraction device for extracting a beverage from an extraction target
  • An extraction container e.g., 9 containing the extraction target and a liquid
  • a posture changing unit for example, 8, 8B, 824 for changing the posture of the extraction container from a first posture (for example, an upright posture) to a second posture (for example, an inverted posture);
  • the extraction container is formed such that the deposition thickness of the extraction target is greater in the second position than in the first position, After immersing the extraction target deposited in the first mode in the first mode in a liquid, the extraction container changes from the first mode to the second mode by the mode changing unit,
  • the extraction container in the second position sends out the liquid that has passed through the extraction target that is deposited in the second mode, where the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than in the first mode.
  • the liquid e.g., S122, the step of FIG. 17 (m)
  • the extraction container includes a neck (eg, 90b) having an opening and a body (eg, 90e), In the first position, the neck portion is on the upper side, In the second position, the neck portion is a lower side,
  • An extraction device characterized by the fact that Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B3 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
  • the neck portion has a smaller cross-sectional area of the internal space than the body portion,
  • An extraction device characterized by the fact that Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B3 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
  • the extraction container has a shoulder (e.g., 90d) between the body and the neck,
  • the shoulder has a gradually decreasing cross-sectional area of the internal space toward the neck,
  • An extraction device characterized by the fact that Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B3 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
  • the neck portion has a cylindrical shape
  • An extraction device characterized by the fact that That is, there is substantially no corner portion where the residue tends to remain.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Apparatus For Making Beverages (AREA)
  • Supplying Of Containers To The Packaging Station (AREA)
  • Extraction Or Liquid Replacement (AREA)

Abstract

An objective of the present invention is to improve the quality of beverages manufactured by a beverage manufacturing device. Provided is an extraction method for extracting a beverage fluid from a subject for extraction, said method comprising: an immersion step of immersing the subject for extraction in a fluid in an extraction vessel in a first position, where the subject for extraction is deposited in the extraction vessel in a first manner; a position change step of changing the position of the extraction vessel from the first position to a second position; and a transmission step of transmitting the fluid from the extraction vessel in the second position. The subject for extraction is deposited in a second manner when the extraction vessel is in the second position. In the second manner, the deposit thickness of the subject for extraction is greater than in the first manner. In the transmission step, the fluid having passed through the subject for extraction deposited in the second manner is transmitted to cause the fluid to flow into the extraction vessel.

Description

抽出方法および抽出装置Extraction method and extraction device
　本発明は飲料の製造技術に関する。 The present invention relates to a beverage manufacturing technique.
　コーヒー飲料等を製造する飲料製造装置が提案されている（例えば特許文献１～３）。 飲料 Beverage production apparatuses for producing coffee beverages and the like have been proposed (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
特開平０５－０８１５４４号公報JP-A-05-08544 特開２００３－０２４７０３号公報JP-A-2003-024703 特開２０１３－６６６９７号公報JP 2013-66697 A
　飲料の味、風味等の品質を高めるため、飲料製造装置の構成面、制御面等、多様な側面での改善が求められる。 改善 In order to enhance the quality of beverages such as taste and flavor, improvements in various aspects such as the configuration and control of beverage production equipment are required.
　本発明の目的は、飲料製造装置により製造される飲料を高品質化することにある。 An object of the present invention is to improve the quality of a beverage manufactured by a beverage manufacturing device.
　本発明の一つの側面は抽出方法に係り、前記抽出方法は、
　抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出方法であって、
　第一の姿勢の抽出容器において、該抽出容器に第一の態様で堆積された前記抽出対象を液体に浸漬する浸漬工程と、
　前記抽出容器の姿勢を前記第一の姿勢から第二の姿勢に変化させる姿勢変化工程と、
　前記第二の姿勢の前記抽出容器から前記液体を送出する送出工程と、を含み、
　前記第二の姿勢の前記抽出容器において、前記抽出対象が第二の態様で堆積され、
　前記第二の態様は、前記第一の態様よりも前記抽出対象の堆積厚さが厚い態様であり、
　前記送出工程では、前記第二の態様で堆積している前記抽出対象を通過させた前記液体を送出しながら前記抽出容器に液体を流入させる、
　ことを特徴とする。 One aspect of the present invention relates to an extraction method, wherein the extraction method comprises:
An extraction method for extracting a beverage from an extraction target,
In the extraction container in the first position, an immersion step of immersing the extraction target deposited in the extraction container in the first mode in a liquid,
A posture changing step of changing the posture of the extraction container from the first posture to the second posture,
Sending out the liquid from the extraction container in the second position,
In the extraction container in the second position, the extraction target is deposited in a second mode,
The second aspect is an aspect in which the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than the first aspect,
In the sending step, the liquid flows into the extraction container while sending the liquid that has passed through the extraction target that has been deposited in the second aspect,
It is characterized by the following.
　本発明によれば、飲料を高品質化することができる。 According to the present invention, the quality of the beverage can be improved.
飲料製造装置の外観図。FIG. 1 is an external view of a beverage manufacturing device. 図１の飲料製造装置の部分正面視図。The partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 図１の飲料製造装置の機能の概要図。The schematic diagram of the function of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 分離装置の一部破断斜視図。FIG. 3 is a partially cutaway perspective view of the separation device. 駆動ユニット及び抽出容器の斜視図。The perspective view of a drive unit and an extraction container. 図５の抽出容器の閉状態及び開状態を示す図。The figure which shows the closed state and open state of the extraction container of FIG. 上部ユニット及び下部ユニットの一部の構成を示す正面図。FIG. 3 is a front view showing a configuration of a part of an upper unit and a lower unit. 図７の縦断面図。FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of FIG. 7. 中部ユニットの模式図。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a central unit. 図１の飲料製造装置の制御装置のブロック図。FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a control device of the beverage manufacturing device in FIG. 1. （Ａ）及び（Ｂ）は制御装置が実行する制御例を示すフローチャート。4A and 4B are flowcharts illustrating a control example executed by the control device. 水タンクとして機能可能な送液量調節装置の構成例を示す模式図。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a liquid-feeding amount adjusting device that can function as a water tank. 送液量調節装置の断面構造の例を示す模式図。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a liquid-feeding amount adjusting device. 送液量調節装置の幾つかの動作例を示す図。The figure which shows some operation examples of the liquid-feed amount adjustment apparatus. 制御装置が実行する制御例を示すフローチャート。5 is a flowchart illustrating a control example executed by the control device. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける送液量調節装置の動作態様を示す図。The figure which shows the operation aspect of the liquid-feed amount adjustment apparatus in a manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける送液量調節装置の動作態様を示す図。The figure which shows the operation aspect of the liquid-feed amount adjustment apparatus in a manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける抽出容器内の気圧の変化態様を示す図。The figure which shows the aspect of a change of the atmospheric pressure in an extraction container in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける抽出容器内の気圧およびお湯の量の変化態様を示す図。The figure which shows the aspect of a change of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container, and the quantity of hot water in the manufacturing process of a drink. 飲料の製造プロセスにおける抽出容器内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値および実測値の変化態様を示す図。The figure which shows the aspect of a change of the target value and the measured value of the atmospheric pressure in a brewing container, and the quantity of hot water in a beverage manufacturing process.
　図面を参照して本発明の実施形態について説明する。 An embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
　＜１．飲料製造装置の概要＞
　図１は飲料製造装置１の外観図である。本実施形態の飲料製造装置１は、焙煎コーヒー豆と液体（ここでは水）からコーヒー飲料を自動製造する装置であり、一回の製造動作につき、コップ一杯分のコーヒー飲料を製造可能である。原料となる焙煎コーヒー豆は、キャニスタ４０に収容可能である。飲料製造装置１の下部にはカップの載置部１１０が設けられており、製造されたコーヒー飲料は注ぎ部１０ｃからカップへ注がれる。 <1. Overview of beverage production equipment>
FIG. 1 is an external view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 of the present embodiment is an apparatus for automatically manufacturing a coffee beverage from roasted coffee beans and liquid (here, water), and is capable of manufacturing one cup of coffee beverage per one manufacturing operation. . The roasted coffee beans as the raw material can be stored in the canister 40. A cup placing portion 110 is provided at a lower portion of the beverage production device 1, and the produced coffee beverage is poured into the cup from the pouring portion 10c.
　飲料製造装置１は、その外装を形成して内部機構を囲包するハウジング１００を備える。ハウジング１００は、本体部１０１と、飲料製造装置１の正面の一部及び側面の一部を覆うカバー部１０２とに大別される。カバー部１０２には情報表示装置１２が設けられている。情報表示装置１２は本実施形態の場合、タッチパネル式のディスプレイであり、各種の情報の表示の他、装置の管理者や飲料の需要者の入力を受け付けることが可能である。情報表示装置１２は、移動機構１２ａを介してカバー部１０２に取付けられており、移動機構１２ａによって上下方向に一定の範囲で移動可能である。 The beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 includes a housing 100 that forms an exterior and surrounds an internal mechanism. The housing 100 is roughly divided into a main body 101 and a cover 102 that covers a part of the front surface and a part of the side surface of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The cover 102 is provided with the information display device 12. In the case of the present embodiment, the information display device 12 is a touch-panel display, and can receive input from a manager of the device or a user of a beverage in addition to displaying various information. The information display device 12 is attached to the cover unit 102 via a moving mechanism 12a, and is movable within a certain range in the vertical direction by the moving mechanism 12a.
　カバー部１０２には、また、豆投入口１０３と、豆投入口１０３を開閉する扉１０３ａが設けられている。開閉扉１０３を開放して豆投入口１０３へ、キャニスタ４０に収容されている焙煎コーヒー豆とは別の焙煎コーヒー豆を、投入することが可能となっている。これにより飲料の需要者に特別な一杯を提供することが可能である。 The cover unit 102 is also provided with a bean input port 103 and a door 103a for opening and closing the bean input port 103. By opening the opening / closing door 103, roasted coffee beans different from the roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40 can be introduced into the bean insertion port 103. This makes it possible to provide the drink consumer with a special cup.
　カバー部１０２は、本実施形態の場合、アクリルやガラスなどの透光性を有する材料で形成されており、その全体が透過部とされた透明カバーを構成している。このため、カバー部１０２に覆われたその内側の機構が外部から視認可能となっている。本実施形態の場合、コーヒー飲料を製造する製造部の一部がカバー部１０２を透して視認可能となっている。本体部１０１は本実施形態の場合その全体が非透過部とされており、その内部を外部から視認困難である。 (4) In the case of the present embodiment, the cover 102 is formed of a light-transmitting material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent cover having a transparent portion as a whole. For this reason, the inside mechanism covered by the cover part 102 is visible from the outside. In the case of the present embodiment, a part of the manufacturing unit that manufactures the coffee beverage is visible through the cover unit 102. In the case of the present embodiment, the main body 101 is entirely a non-transmissive part, and it is difficult to visually recognize the inside from the outside.
　図２は、飲料製造装置１の部分正面図であって、飲料製造装置１の正面視でユーザが視認可能な製造部の一部を示す図である。カバー部１０２や情報表示装置１２は想像線で図示されている。 FIG. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 and shows a part of a manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by a user when the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is viewed from the front. The cover unit 102 and the information display device 12 are illustrated by imaginary lines.
　飲料製造装置１の正面部におけるハウジング１００は、本体部１０１と、その外側（前方側）のカバー部１０２との二重構造となっている。前後方向で本体部１０１とカバー部１２との間に製造部の一部の機構が配置されており、ユーザがカバー部１０２を介して視認可能である。 The housing 100 in the front part of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 has a double structure of a main body part 101 and a cover part 102 on the outside (front side). A part of the mechanism of the manufacturing unit is arranged between the main unit 101 and the cover unit 12 in the front-rear direction, and is visible to the user via the cover unit 102.
　カバー部１０２を介してユーザが視認可能な製造部の一部の機構は、本実施形態の場合、後述する集合搬送部４２、グラインダ５Ａ、５Ｂ、分離装置６、抽出容器９等である。本体部１０１の正面部には、奥側に窪んだ矩形状の凹部１０１ａが形成されており、抽出容器９等はこの凹部１０１ａ内の奥側に位置している。 In the case of the present embodiment, some mechanisms of the manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by the user via the cover unit 102 include the collective transport unit 42, the grinders 5A and 5B, the separation device 6, the extraction container 9, and the like, which will be described later. A rectangular recessed portion 101a that is recessed toward the back is formed in the front portion of the main body 101, and the extraction container 9 and the like are located at the back inside the recessed portion 101a.
　カバー部１０２を介して外部からこれらの機構が視認可能であることにより、管理者にとっては点検や動作確認が容易になる場合がある。また、飲料の需要者にとってはコーヒー飲料の製造過程を楽しむことができる場合がある。 る こ と Since these mechanisms can be visually recognized from the outside via the cover unit 102, it is sometimes easy for the administrator to check and check the operation. In addition, there are cases in which a beverage consumer can enjoy the process of producing a coffee beverage.
　なお、カバー部１０２は、その右端部においてヒンジ１０２ａを介して本体部１０１に横開き式に開閉自在に支持されている。カバー部１０２の左端部には、本体部１０１とカバー部１０２とを閉状態に維持する係合部１０２ｂが設けられている。係合部１０２ｂは例えば磁石と鉄の組合せである。管理者はカバー部１０２を開放することで、その内側の上述した製造部の一部の点検等を行うことができる。 The cover 102 is supported by the main body 101 via a hinge 102a at the right end so as to be openable and closable in a laterally open manner. At the left end of the cover 102, an engagement portion 102b for maintaining the main body 101 and the cover 102 in a closed state is provided. The engagement portion 102b is, for example, a combination of a magnet and iron. By opening the cover section 102, the administrator can perform inspection and the like of a part of the manufacturing section described above inside the cover section 102.
　なお、本実施形態の場合、カバー部１０２を横開き式としたが縦開き式（上下開き式）としてもよいし、スライド式としてもよい。また、カバー部１０２が開閉不能な構成であってもよい。 In the present embodiment, the cover 102 is of the horizontal opening type, but may be of the vertical opening type (vertical opening type) or of the sliding type. Further, a configuration in which the cover unit 102 cannot be opened and closed may be employed.
　図３は飲料製造装置１の機能の概要図である。飲料製造装置１は、コーヒー飲料の製造部として、豆処理装置２及び抽出装置３を含む。 FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the function of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The beverage production device 1 includes a bean processing device 2 and an extraction device 3 as a coffee beverage production unit.
　豆処理装置２は、焙煎コーヒー豆から挽き豆を生成する。抽出装置３は豆処理装置２から供給される挽き豆からコーヒー液を抽出する。抽出装置３は、流体供給ユニット７、後述する駆動ユニット８、抽出容器９及び切替ユニット１０を含む。豆処理装置２から供給される挽き豆は、抽出容器９に投入される。流体供給ユニット７は、抽出容器９にお湯を投入する。抽出容器９内で挽き豆からコーヒー液が抽出される。抽出されたコーヒー液を含むお湯が切替ユニット１０を介してコーヒー飲料としてコップＣに送出される。 The bean processing device 2 generates ground beans from roasted coffee beans. The extraction device 3 extracts coffee liquid from the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2. The extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, which will be described later, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10. The ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 are put into the extraction container 9. The fluid supply unit 7 puts hot water into the extraction container 9. The coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the extraction container 9. Hot water containing the extracted coffee liquid is delivered to the cup C as a coffee beverage via the switching unit 10.
　＜２．流体供給ユニット及び切替ユニット＞
　流体供給ユニット７及び切替ユニット１０の構成について図３を参照して説明する。まず、流体供給ユニット７について説明する。流体供給ユニット７は、抽出容器９へのお湯の供給や、抽出容器９内の気圧の制御等を行う。なお、本書において、気圧を数字で例示している場合、特に断わらない限り絶対圧を意味し、ゲージ圧とは大気圧を０気圧とする気圧である。大気圧とは、抽出容器９の周囲の気圧、又は、飲料製造装置の気圧を指し、例えば、飲料製造装置が海抜０ｍの地点に設置されている場合は、国際民間航空機関（＝「International Civil Aviation Organization」〔［略］ICAO〕）が１９７６年に制定した国際標準大気（＝「International Standard Atmosphere」〔［略］ISA〕）の海抜０ｍでの基準気圧(１０１３．２５ｈＰａ)である。 <2. Fluid supply unit and switching unit>
The configurations of the fluid supply unit 7 and the switching unit 10 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the fluid supply unit 7 will be described. The fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9 and controls the pressure in the extraction container 9. In the present specification, when the pressure is exemplified by a numeral, it means an absolute pressure unless otherwise specified, and the gauge pressure is a pressure at which the atmospheric pressure is set to 0 atm. The atmospheric pressure refers to the atmospheric pressure around the extraction container 9 or the air pressure of the beverage manufacturing device. For example, when the beverage manufacturing device is installed at a point at 0 m above sea level, the International Civil Aviation Organization (= “International Civil Aviation”) Aviation Organization [[abbreviation] ICAO]) is a standard atmospheric pressure (1013.25 hPa) at 0 m above sea level of the International Standard Atmosphere ([abbreviation] ISA)) established in 1976.
　流体供給ユニット７は配管Ｌ１～Ｌ３を含む。配管Ｌ１は空気が流通する配管であり、配管Ｌ２は水が流通する配管である。配管Ｌ３は空気と水の双方が流通可能な配管である。 The fluid supply unit 7 includes pipes L1 to L3. The pipe L1 is a pipe through which air flows, and the pipe L2 is a pipe through which water flows. The pipe L3 is a pipe through which both air and water can flow.
　流体供給ユニット７は、加圧源としてコンプレッサ７０を含む。コンプレッサ７０は大気を圧縮して送出する。コンプレッサ７０は例えばモータ（不図示）を駆動源として駆動される。コンプレッサ７０から送出される圧縮空気は、逆止弁７１ａを介してリザーブタンク（アキュームレータ）７１に供給される。リザーブタンク７１内の気圧は圧力センサ７１ｂにより監視され、所定の気圧（本実施形態では７気圧（ゲージ圧で６気圧））に維持されるよう、コンプレッサ７０が駆動される。リザーブタンク７１には排水用のドレイン７１ｃが設けられており、空気の圧縮により生じる水を排水可能となっている。 The fluid supply unit 7 includes the compressor 70 as a pressurizing source. The compressor 70 compresses and sends out the atmosphere. The compressor 70 is driven using, for example, a motor (not shown) as a drive source. The compressed air sent from the compressor 70 is supplied to a reserve tank (accumulator) 71 via a check valve 71a. The air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is monitored by the pressure sensor 71b, and the compressor 70 is driven so as to be maintained at a predetermined air pressure (in this embodiment, 7 atm (6 atm in gauge pressure)). The reserve tank 71 is provided with a drain 71c for drainage, so that water generated by compression of air can be drained.
　水タンク７２にはコーヒー飲料を構成するお湯（水）が蓄積される。水タンク７２には、水タンク７２内の水を加温するヒーター７２ａ及び水の温度を計測する温度センサ７２ｂが設けられている。ヒーター７２ａは温度センサ７２ｂの検出結果に基づいて、蓄積されるお湯の温度を所定の温度（本実施形態では摂氏１２０度）に維持する。ヒーター７２ａは例えばお湯の温度が摂氏１１８度でＯＮとされ、摂氏１２０度でＯＦＦとされる。 湯 The water tank 72 stores hot water (water) constituting the coffee beverage. The water tank 72 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the water tank 72 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (120 degrees Celsius in the present embodiment) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. For example, the heater 72a is turned on when the temperature of the hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and is turned off when the temperature is 120 degrees Celsius.
　水タンク７２には、また、水位センサ７２ｃが設けられている。水位センサ７２ｃは水タンク７２内のお湯の水位を検出する。水位センサ７２ｃにより所定の水位よりも水位が下がったことが検出されると、水タンク７２に水が供給される。本実施形態の場合、不図示の浄水器を介して水道水が供給される。浄水器からの配管Ｌ２の途中には電磁弁７２ｄが設けられており、水位センサ７２ｃにより水位の低下が検出されると電磁弁７２ｄが開放されて水が供給され、所定の水位に到達すると電磁弁７２ｄが閉鎖されて水の供給が遮断される。こうして水タンク７２内のお湯が一定の水位に維持される。なお、水タンク７２への給水は一回のコーヒー飲料の製造に使用するお湯を排出する度に行ってもよい。 The water tank 72 is also provided with a water level sensor 72c. The water level sensor 72c detects the water level of the hot water in the water tank 72. When the water level sensor 72c detects that the water level has dropped below a predetermined water level, water is supplied to the water tank 72. In the case of this embodiment, tap water is supplied via a water purifier (not shown). An electromagnetic valve 72d is provided in the middle of the pipe L2 from the water purifier. When a decrease in the water level is detected by the water level sensor 72c, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened to supply water, and when a predetermined water level is reached, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened. The valve 72d is closed to shut off the water supply. In this way, the hot water in the water tank 72 is maintained at a constant water level. The water supply to the water tank 72 may be performed each time the hot water used for manufacturing the coffee beverage is discharged.
　水タンク７２には、また、圧力センサ７２ｇが設けられている。圧力センサ７２ｇは水タンク７２内の気圧を検出する。水タンク７２には調圧弁７２ｅ及び電磁弁７２ｆを介してリザーブタンク７１内の気圧が供給される。調圧弁７２ｅはリザーブタンク７１から供給される気圧を所定の気圧に減圧する。本実施形態の場合、３気圧（ゲージ圧で２気圧）に減圧する。電磁弁７２ｆは調圧弁７２ｅで調圧された気圧の、水タンク７２への供給と遮断とを切り替える。電磁弁７２ｆは、水タンク７２への水道水の供給時を除き、水タンク７２内の気圧が３気圧に維持されるように開閉制御される。水タンク７２への水道水の供給時には、水道水の水圧によって水タンク７２に円滑に水道水が補給されるように、電磁弁７２ｈにより水タンク７２内の気圧を水道水の水圧よりも低い圧力（例えば２．５気圧未満）に減圧する。電磁弁７２ｈは水タンク７２内を大気に解放するか否かを切り替え、減圧時には水タンク７２内を大気に解放する。また、電磁弁７２ｈは水タンク７２への水道水の供給時以外に、水タンク７２内の気圧が３気圧を超える場合に水タンク７２内を大気に解放し、水タンク７２内を３気圧に維持する。 The water tank 72 is provided with a pressure sensor 72g. The pressure sensor 72g detects the atmospheric pressure in the water tank 72. The water tank 72 is supplied with the pressure in the reserve tank 71 via a pressure regulating valve 72e and a solenoid valve 72f. The pressure regulating valve 72e reduces the pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined pressure. In the case of the present embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 3 atm (2 atm in gauge pressure). The solenoid valve 72f switches between supply and cutoff of the pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 72e to the water tank 72. The solenoid valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the pressure in the water tank 72 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72. At the time of supply of tap water to the water tank 72, the air pressure in the water tank 72 is set to a pressure lower than the water pressure of the tap water by the solenoid valve 72h so that tap water is supplied to the water tank 72 smoothly by the water pressure. (For example, less than 2.5 atm). The solenoid valve 72h switches whether or not to release the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. Also, the solenoid valve 72h releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure in the water tank 72 exceeds 3 atm and supplies the inside of the water tank 72 to 3 atm other than when supplying tap water to the water tank 72. maintain.
　水タンク７２内のお湯は、逆止弁７２ｊ、電磁弁７２ｉ及び配管Ｌ３を介して抽出容器９へ供給される。電磁弁７２ｉを開放することで抽出容器９へお湯が供給され、閉鎖することでお湯の供給が遮断される。抽出容器９へのお湯の供給量は、電磁弁７２ｉの開放時間で管理することができる。しかし、供給量を計測して電磁弁７２ｉの開閉を制御してもよい。配管Ｌ３にはお湯の温度を計測する温度センサ７３ｅが設けられており、抽出容器９へ供給される湯温が監視される。 湯 The hot water in the water tank 72 is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the check valve 72j, the solenoid valve 72i, and the pipe L3. Hot water is supplied to the extraction container 9 by opening the electromagnetic valve 72i, and shut off by closing it. The amount of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 can be controlled by the opening time of the solenoid valve 72i. However, the opening and closing of the solenoid valve 72i may be controlled by measuring the supply amount. The pipe L3 is provided with a temperature sensor 73e for measuring the temperature of the hot water, and monitors the temperature of the hot water supplied to the extraction container 9.
　リザーブタンク７１の気圧は、また、調圧弁７３ａ、電磁弁７３ｂを介して抽出容器９へ供給される。調圧弁７３ａはリザーブタンク７１から供給される気圧を所定の気圧に減圧する。本実施形態の場合、５気圧（ゲージ圧で４気圧）に減圧する。電磁弁７３ｂは調圧弁７３ａで調圧された気圧の、抽出容器９への供給と遮断とを切り替える。抽出容器９内の気圧は圧力センサ７３ｄで検出される。抽出容器９内の加圧時、圧力センサ７３ｄの検出結果に基づいて電磁弁７３ｂが開放され、抽出容器９内を所定の気圧（本実施形態の場合、最大で５気圧（ゲージ圧で４気圧））に加圧する。抽出容器９内の気圧は電磁弁７３ｃで減圧可能である。電磁弁７３ｃは抽出容器９内を大気に解放するか否かを切り替え、圧力異常時（例えば抽出容器９内が５気圧を超える場合）には抽出容器９内を大気に解放する。 気 圧 The pressure in the reserve tank 71 is also supplied to the extraction container 9 via a pressure regulating valve 73a and a solenoid valve 73b. The pressure regulating valve 73a reduces the pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined pressure. In the case of the present embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure). The solenoid valve 73b switches between supply and cutoff of the pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 73a to the extraction container 9. The air pressure in the extraction container 9 is detected by the pressure sensor 73d. At the time of pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, the solenoid valve 73b is opened based on the detection result of the pressure sensor 73d, and the inside of the extraction container 9 is kept at a predetermined atmospheric pressure (in the case of the present embodiment, 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure) )). The pressure in the extraction container 9 can be reduced by the solenoid valve 73c. The solenoid valve 73c switches whether or not to release the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere when the pressure is abnormal (for example, when the inside of the extraction container 9 exceeds 5 atm).
　一回のコーヒー飲料の製造が終わると、本実施形態の場合、抽出容器９内を水道水で洗浄する。電磁弁７３ｆは洗浄時に開放され、抽出容器９に水道水を供給する。 と After one production of the coffee beverage, in the case of the present embodiment, the inside of the extraction container 9 is washed with tap water. The solenoid valve 73f is opened at the time of washing, and supplies tap water to the extraction container 9.
　次に切替ユニット１０について説明する。切替ユニット１０は抽出容器９から送出される液体の送出先を注ぎ部１０ｃと廃棄タンクＴとのいずれかに切り替えるユニットである。切替ユニット１０は、切替弁１０ａと切替弁１０ａを駆動するモータ１０ｂを含む。切替弁１０ａは、抽出容器９内のコーヒー飲料を送出する場合は注ぎ部１０ｃへ流路を切り替える。コーヒー飲料は注ぎ部１０ｃからカップＣへ注がれる。洗浄時の廃液（水道水）及び残渣（挽き豆）を排出する場合は廃棄タンクＴへ流路を切り替える。切替弁１０ａは本実施形態の場合３ポートのボール弁である。洗浄時には切替弁１０ａを残渣が通過することから、切替弁１０ａはボール弁が好適であり、モータ１０ｂはその回転軸を回転することで、流路を切り替える。 Next, the switching unit 10 will be described. The switching unit 10 is a unit that switches the destination of the liquid delivered from the extraction container 9 to one of the pouring unit 10c and the waste tank T. The switching unit 10 includes a switching valve 10a and a motor 10b that drives the switching valve 10a. The switching valve 10a switches the flow path to the pouring unit 10c when sending out the coffee beverage in the extraction container 9. The coffee beverage is poured into the cup C from the pouring section 10c. When discharging the waste liquid (tap water) and the residue (ground beans) at the time of washing, the flow path is switched to the waste tank T. The switching valve 10a is a three-port ball valve in this embodiment. Since the residue passes through the switching valve 10a at the time of washing, the switching valve 10a is preferably a ball valve, and the motor 10b switches its flow path by rotating its rotation shaft.
　＜３．豆処理装置＞
　図１、図２を参照して豆処理装置２について説明する。豆処理装置２は、貯留装置４及び粉砕装置５を含む。 <3. Bean processing equipment>
The bean processing apparatus 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. The bean processing device 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5.
　＜３－１．貯留装置＞
　貯留装置４は、焙煎後のコーヒー豆が収容される複数のキャニスタ４０を含む。本実施形態の場合、キャニスタ４０は三つ設けられている。キャニスタ４０は、焙煎コーヒー豆を収容する筒状の本体４０ａと、本体４０ａに設けられた取手４０ｂとを含み、飲料製造装置１に対して着脱自在に構成されている。 <3-1. Storage device>
The storage device 4 includes a plurality of canisters 40 in which roasted coffee beans are stored. In the case of the present embodiment, three canisters 40 are provided. The canister 40 includes a cylindrical main body 40a that stores roasted coffee beans, and a handle 40b provided on the main body 40a, and is configured to be detachable from the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
　各キャニスタ４０は、互いに異なる種類の焙煎コーヒー豆を収容し、情報表示装置１２に対する操作入力によって、コーヒー飲料の製造に用いる焙煎コーヒー豆の種類を選択できるようにしてもよい。種類が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆とは例えばコーヒー豆の品種が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆である。また、種類が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆とは、同じ品種のコーヒー豆であるが、焙煎度が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆であってもよい。また、種類が異なる焙煎コーヒー豆とは、品種も焙煎度も異なる焙煎コーヒー豆でもよい。また、三つのキャニスタ４０の少なくともいずれか一つには、複数種類の品種の焙煎コーヒー豆が混合された焙煎コーヒー豆が収容されてもよい。この場合、各品種の焙煎コーヒー豆は、焙煎度が同程度であってもよい。 Each of the canisters 40 may store different types of roasted coffee beans, and may select the type of roasted coffee beans used for manufacturing a coffee beverage by operating the information display device 12. The different types of roasted coffee beans are, for example, roasted coffee beans having different types of coffee beans. The roasted coffee beans of different types are coffee beans of the same variety, but may be roasted coffee beans having different roasting degrees. Further, the roasted coffee beans having different types may be roasted coffee beans having different varieties and roasting degrees. Further, at least one of the three canisters 40 may accommodate roasted coffee beans in which a plurality of types of roasted coffee beans are mixed. In this case, the roasted coffee beans of each variety may have the same degree of roasting.
　なお、本実施形態では複数のキャニスタ４０を設けたが、一つのキャニスタ４０のみが設けられる構成であってもよい。また、複数のキャニスタ４０を設けた場合に、同じ種類の焙煎コーヒー豆が全部又は複数のキャニスタ４０に収容されてもよい。 Although a plurality of canisters 40 are provided in the present embodiment, a configuration in which only one canister 40 is provided may be employed. When a plurality of canisters 40 are provided, the same type of roasted coffee beans may be stored in all or a plurality of canisters 40.
　各キャニスタ４０は計量搬送装置４１に着脱自在に装着される。計量搬送装置４１は、例えば、電動スクリューコンベアであり、キャニスタ４０に収容された所定の量の焙煎コーヒー豆を自動計量して下流側に送出する。 Each canister 40 is detachably mounted on the weighing and conveying device 41. The weighing / conveying device 41 is, for example, an electric screw conveyor, and automatically weighs out a predetermined amount of roasted coffee beans stored in the canister 40 and sends out the roasted coffee beans to the downstream side.
　各計量搬送装置４１は下流側の集合搬送部４２に焙煎コーヒー豆を排出する。集合搬送部４２は中空の部材で構成されており、各コンベア４１から粉砕装置５（特にグラインダ５Ａ）への焙煎コーヒー豆の搬送通路を形成する。各計量搬送装置４１から排出された焙煎コーヒー豆は集合搬送部４２の内部を自重によって移動し、粉砕装置５へ流れ落ちる。 Each measuring and conveying device 41 discharges roasted coffee beans to the collective conveying section 42 on the downstream side. The collective transport section 42 is formed of a hollow member, and forms a transport path for roasted coffee beans from each conveyor 41 to the crusher 5 (particularly the grinder 5A). The roasted coffee beans discharged from each of the weighing and transporting devices 41 move inside the collective transporting unit 42 by its own weight, and flow down to the crushing device 5.
　集合搬送部４２には、豆投入口１０３に対応する位置に案内部４２ａが形成されている。案内部４２ａは豆投入口１０３から投入された焙煎コーヒー豆を粉砕装置５（特にグラインダ５Ａ）へ案内する通路を形成する。これにより、キャニスタ４０に収容された焙煎コーヒー豆以外に、豆投入口１０３から投入される焙煎コーヒー豆を原料としたコーヒー飲料も製造できる。 A guide portion 42a is formed in the collective transport portion 42 at a position corresponding to the beans input port 103. The guide portion 42a forms a passage for guiding the roasted coffee beans input from the bean input port 103 to the grinding device 5 (particularly, the grinder 5A). Thereby, in addition to the roasted coffee beans accommodated in the canister 40, a coffee beverage using roasted coffee beans input from the bean input port 103 as a raw material can also be manufactured.
　＜３－２．粉砕装置＞
　図２及び図４を参照して粉砕装置５を説明する。図４は分離装置６の一部判断斜視図である。粉砕装置５は、グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂ、及び、分離装置６を含む。グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂは貯留装置４から供給される焙煎コーヒー豆を挽く機構である。貯留装置４から供給される焙煎コーヒー豆は、グラインダ５Ａで挽かれた後、グラインダ５Ｂで更に挽かれて粉状にされ、排出管５Ｃから抽出容器９へ投入される。 <3-2. Crusher>
The pulverizing device 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a part of the separating device 6. The pulverizing device 5 includes grinders 5A and 5B and a separating device 6. The grinders 5A and 5B are mechanisms for grinding the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4. The roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are ground by a grinder 5A, then further ground by a grinder 5B to form a powder, and put into the extraction container 9 through a discharge pipe 5C.
　グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂは、豆を挽く粒度が異なっている。グラインダ５Ａは粗挽き用のグラインダであり、グラインダ５Ｂは細挽き用のグラインダである。グラインダ５Ａ、５Ｂはそれぞれ電動グラインダであり、駆動源であるモータと、モータにより駆動される回転刃等を含む。回転刃の回転数を変化させることで粉砕される焙煎コーヒー豆の大きさ（粒度）を変化可能である。 The grinders 5A and 5B differ in the grain size at which the beans are ground. The grinder 5A is a grinder for coarse grinding, and the grinder 5B is a grinder for fine grinding. Each of the grinders 5A and 5B is an electric grinder, and includes a motor as a driving source, a rotary blade driven by the motor, and the like. The size (granularity) of the roasted coffee beans to be ground can be changed by changing the rotation speed of the rotary blade.
　分離装置６は挽き豆から不要物を分離する機構である。分離装置６はグラインダ５Ａとグラインダ５Ｂとの間に配置された通路部６３ａを含む。通路部６３ａはグラインダ５Ａから自由落下してくる挽き豆が通過する分離室を形成する中空体である。通路部６３ａには、挽き豆の通過方向（本実施形態の場合、上下方向。）と交差する方向（本実施形態の場合、左右方向。）に延びる通路部６３ｂが接続されており、この通路部６３ｂには吸引ユニット６０が接続されている。吸引ユニット６０が通路部６３ａ内の空気を吸引することで、チャフや微粉といった軽量な物体が吸引される。これにより、挽き豆から不要物を分離できる。 The separation device 6 is a mechanism for separating unnecessary materials from the ground beans. The separation device 6 includes a passage 63a disposed between the grinder 5A and the grinder 5B. The passage portion 63a is a hollow body forming a separation chamber through which the ground beans freely falling from the grinder 5A pass. The passage portion 63b is connected to a passage portion 63b extending in a direction (left and right direction in the present embodiment) intersecting with the passage direction (vertical direction in the present embodiment) of the ground beans. The suction unit 60 is connected to the portion 63b. When the suction unit 60 sucks the air in the passage portion 63a, light objects such as chaff and fine powder are sucked. Thereby, unnecessary materials can be separated from the ground beans.
　吸引ユニット６０は遠心分離方式の機構である。吸引ユニット６０は、送風ユニット６０Ａ及び回収容器６０Ｂを含む。送風ユニット６０Ａは本実施形態の場合、ファンモータであり、回収容器６０Ｂ内の空気を上方へ排気する。 The suction unit 60 is a centrifugal separation type mechanism. The suction unit 60 includes a blowing unit 60A and a collection container 60B. In the case of the present embodiment, the blower unit 60A is a fan motor, and exhausts the air in the collection container 60B upward.
　回収容器６０Ｂは、分離可能に係合する上部６１と下部６２とを含む。下部６２は上方が開放した有底の筒型をなしており、不要物を蓄積する空間を形成する。上部６１は下部６２の開口に装着される蓋部を構成する。上部６１は、円筒形状の外周壁６１ａと、これと同軸上に形成された排気筒６１ｂとを含む。送風ユニット６０Ａは排気筒６１ｂ内の空気を吸引するように排気筒６１ｂの上方において上部６１に固定されている。上部６１には通路部６３ｂが接続されている。通路部６３ｂは排気筒６１ｂの側方に開口している。 The collection container 60B includes an upper part 61 and a lower part 62 which are separably engaged. The lower part 62 has a bottomed cylindrical shape whose upper part is open, and forms a space for storing unnecessary objects. The upper part 61 constitutes a lid mounted on the opening of the lower part 62. The upper part 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust pipe 61b formed coaxially with the outer peripheral wall 61a. The blower unit 60A is fixed to the upper part 61 above the exhaust pipe 61b so as to suck air in the exhaust pipe 61b. A passage portion 63b is connected to the upper portion 61. The passage 63b is open to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b.
　送風ユニット６０Ａの駆動により、図４において矢印ｄ１～ｄ３で示す気流が発生する。この気流により、通路部６３ａから不要物を含んだ空気が通路部６３ｂを通って回収容器６０Ｂ内に吸引される。通路部６３ｂは排気筒６１ｂの側方に開口しているため、不要物を含んだ空気は排気筒６１ｂの周囲を旋回する。空気中の不要物Ｄは、その重量によって落下し、回収容器６０Ｂの一部に集められる（下部６２の底面上に堆積する）。空気は排気筒６１ｂの内部を通って上方に排気される。 (4) By driving the blower unit 60A, air flows indicated by arrows d1 to d3 in FIG. 4 are generated. By this airflow, air containing unnecessary substances is sucked from the passage portion 63a into the collection container 60B through the passage portion 63b. Since the passage portion 63b is opened to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b, the air containing unnecessary substances turns around the exhaust pipe 61b. Unnecessary matter D in the air falls due to its weight and is collected in a part of the collection container 60B (accumulates on the bottom surface of the lower part 62). The air is exhausted upward through the inside of the exhaust pipe 61b.
　排気筒６１ｂの周面には複数のフィン６１ｄが一体に形成されている。複数のフィン６１ｄは排気筒６１ｂの周方向に配列されている。個々のフィン６１ｄは、排気筒６１ｂの軸方向に対して斜めに傾斜している。このようなフィン６１を設けたことで、不要物Ｄを含んだ空気の排気筒６１ｂの周囲の旋回を促進する。 複数 A plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the peripheral surface of the exhaust pipe 61b. The plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. Each fin 61d is obliquely inclined with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. By providing such fins 61, the turning of the air including the unnecessary matter D around the exhaust pipe 61b is promoted.
　本実施形態の場合、下部６２はアクリル、ガラスなどの透光性を有する材料で形成されており、その全体が透過部とされた透明容器を構成している。また、下部６２はカバー部１０２で覆われた部分である（図２）。管理者や飲料の需要者は、カバー部１０２、下部６２の周壁を透して、下部６２内に蓄積された不要物Ｄを視認可能である。管理者にとっては、下部６２の清掃タイミングを確認し易い場合があり、飲料の需要者にとっては不要物Ｄが除去されていることが視認できることで、製造中のコーヒー飲料の品質に対する期待感が高まる場合がある。 In the case of the present embodiment, the lower portion 62 is formed of a light-transmitting material such as acryl or glass, and constitutes a transparent container in which the whole is a transmission portion. The lower part 62 is a part covered by the cover part 102 (FIG. 2). The administrator and the user of the beverage can visually recognize the unnecessary objects D accumulated in the lower portion 62 through the peripheral wall of the cover portion 102 and the lower portion 62. In some cases, it is easy for the administrator to confirm the cleaning timing of the lower portion 62, and since it is possible for the user of the beverage to visually recognize that the unnecessary material D has been removed, the expectation of the quality of the coffee beverage being manufactured increases. There are cases.
　このように本実施形態では、貯留装置４から供給される焙煎コーヒー豆は、まず、グラインダ５Ａで粗挽きされ、その粗挽き豆が通路部６３ａを通過する際に、分離装置６によって不要物が分離される。不要物が分離された粗挽き豆は、グラインダ５Ｂにより細挽きされる。分離装置６で分離する不要物は、代表的にはチャフや微粉である。これらはコーヒー飲料の味を低下させる場合があり、挽き豆からチャフ等を除去することで、コーヒー飲料の品質を向上できる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the grinder 5A, and when the coarsely ground beans pass through the passage portion 63a, unnecessary materials are separated by the separation device 6. Are separated. The coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary materials are separated are finely ground by the grinder 5B. Unnecessary substances separated by the separation device 6 are typically chaff and fine powder. These may reduce the taste of the coffee beverage, and the quality of the coffee beverage can be improved by removing chaff and the like from the ground beans.
　焙煎コーヒー豆の粉砕は、一つのグラインダ（一段階の粉砕）であってもよい。しかし、本実施形態のように、二つのグラインダ５Ａ、５Ｂによる二段階の粉砕とすることで、挽き豆の粒度が揃い易くなり、コーヒー液の抽出度合を一定にすることができる。豆の粉砕の際にはカッターと豆との摩擦により、熱が発生する場合がある。二段階の粉砕とすることで、粉砕時の摩擦による発熱を抑制し、挽き豆の劣化（例えば風味が落ちる）を防止することもできる。 粉 砕 The grinding of the roasted coffee beans may be performed by one grinder (one-stage grinding). However, by performing the two-stage pulverization using the two grinders 5A and 5B as in the present embodiment, the particle size of the ground beans can be easily made uniform, and the degree of extraction of the coffee liquid can be made constant. When the beans are crushed, heat may be generated due to friction between the cutter and the beans. By using two-stage pulverization, heat generation due to friction at the time of pulverization can be suppressed, and deterioration of the ground beans (for example, a decrease in flavor) can also be prevented.
　また、粗挽き→不要物の分離→細挽きという段階を経ることで、チャフなどの不要物を分離する際、不要物と挽き豆（必要部分）との質量差を大きくできる。これは不要物の分離効率を上げることができるとともに、挽き豆（必要部分）が不要物として分離されてしまうことを防止することができる。また、粗挽きと細挽きとの間に、空気の吸引を利用した不要物の分離処理が介在することで、空冷によって挽き豆の発熱を抑えることができる。 Also, by going through the steps of coarse grinding → separation of unnecessary materials → fine grinding, when separating unnecessary materials such as chaff, the mass difference between the unnecessary materials and the ground beans (required portion) can be increased. This can increase the efficiency of separating unnecessary substances and can prevent the ground beans (required portion) from being separated as unnecessary substances. In addition, since the separation of unnecessary substances using air suction is interposed between the coarse grinding and the fine grinding, the heat generation of the ground beans can be suppressed by air cooling.
　＜４．駆動ユニット及び抽出容器＞
　＜４－１．概要＞
　抽出装置３の駆動ユニット８及び抽出容器９について図５を参照して説明する。図５は駆動ユニット８及び抽出容器９の斜視図である。駆動ユニット８の大部分は本体部１０１に囲包されている。 <4. Drive unit and extraction container>
<4-1. Overview>
The drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. Most of the drive unit 8 is surrounded by the main body 101.
　駆動ユニット８はフレームＦに支持されている。フレームＦは、上下の梁部Ｆ１、Ｆ２及び梁部Ｆ１、Ｆ２を支持する柱部Ｆ３を含む。駆動ユニット８は、上部ユニット８Ａ、中部ユニット８Ｂ及び下部ユニット８Ｃの三つのユニットに大別される。上部ユニット８Ａは梁部Ｆ１に支持されている。中部ユニット８Ｂは梁部Ｆ１と梁部Ｆ２との間において、梁部Ｆ１及び柱部Ｆ３に支持されている。下部ユニット８Ｃは梁部Ｆ２に支持されている。 The drive unit 8 is supported by the frame F. The frame F includes upper and lower beams F1 and F2 and a column F3 that supports the beams F1 and F2. The drive unit 8 is roughly divided into three units: an upper unit 8A, a middle unit 8B, and a lower unit 8C. The upper unit 8A is supported by the beam F1. The middle unit 8B is supported by the beam F1 and the column F3 between the beam F1 and the beam F2. The lower unit 8C is supported by the beam F2.
　抽出容器９は、容器本体９０及び蓋ユニット９１を含むチャンバである。抽出容器９のことをチャンバと呼ぶ場合がある。中部ユニット８Ｂは、容器本体９０を着脱自在に保持するアーム部材８２０を備える。アーム部材８２０は、保持部材８２０ａと、左右に離間した一対の軸部材８２０ｂとを含む。保持部材８２０ａは、Ｃの字型のクリップ状に形成された樹脂等の弾性部材であり、その弾性力により容器本体９０を保持する。保持部材８２ａは容器本体９０の左右の側部を保持し、容器本体９０の前方側は露出させている。これにより容器本体９０の内部を、正面視で視認し易くなる。 The extraction container 9 is a chamber including a container main body 90 and a lid unit 91. The extraction container 9 may be called a chamber. The middle unit 8B includes an arm member 820 that detachably holds the container body 90. The arm member 820 includes a holding member 820a and a pair of shaft members 820b that are separated to the left and right. The holding member 820a is an elastic member such as a resin formed in a C-shaped clip shape, and holds the container body 90 by its elastic force. The holding member 82a holds the left and right sides of the container body 90, and exposes the front side of the container body 90. This makes it easier to visually recognize the inside of the container main body 90 in a front view.
　保持部材８２０ａに対する容器本体９０の着脱は手動操作で行い、保持部材８２０ａに容器本体９０を前後方向後方へ押し付けることで容器本体９０が保持部材８２０ａに装着される。また、容器本体９０を保持部材８２０ａから前後方向前側へ引き抜くことで、容器本体９０を保持部材８２０ａから分離可能である。 着 脱 The container main body 90 is attached to and detached from the holding member 820a by a manual operation, and the container main body 90 is mounted on the holding member 820a by pressing the container main body 90 backward and forward on the holding member 820a. Further, the container main body 90 can be separated from the holding member 820a by pulling out the container main body 90 from the holding member 820a to the front side in the front-rear direction.
　一対の軸部材８２０ｂは、それぞれ、前後方向に延設されたロッドであり、保持部材８２０ａを支持する部材である。なお、本実施形態では軸部材８２０ｂの数を二本としたが、一本でもよいし、三本以上であってもよい。保持部材８２０ａは、一対の軸部材８２０ｂの前側の端部に固定されている。後述する機構により、一対の軸部材８２ｂは前後方向に進退され、これにより保持部材８２０ａが前後に進退し、は容器本体９０を前後方向に平行移動する移動動作を行うことができる。中部ユニット８Ｂは、また、後述するように、抽出容器９の上下を反転させる回動動作を行うことも可能である。 The pair of shaft members 820b are rods extending in the front-rear direction, respectively, and are members that support the holding member 820a. In this embodiment, the number of the shaft members 820b is two, but may be one or three or more. The holding member 820a is fixed to front ends of the pair of shaft members 820b. By a mechanism described later, the pair of shaft members 82b is moved forward and backward, whereby the holding member 820a is moved forward and backward, so that a movement operation of moving the container body 90 in the front and rear direction can be performed. The middle unit 8B can also perform a rotating operation of turning the extraction container 9 upside down, as described later.
　＜４－２．抽出容器＞
　図６を参照して抽出容器９について説明する。図６は抽出容器９の閉状態及び開状態を示す図である。上記のとおり、抽出容器９は中部ユニット８Ｂにより上下が反転される。図６の抽出容器９は、蓋ユニット９１が上側に位置している基本姿勢を示している。以下の説明において上下の位置関係を述べる場合、特に断らない限りは基本姿勢における上下の位置関係を意味するものとする。 <4-2. Extraction container>
The extraction container 9 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 shows the closed state and the open state of the extraction container 9. As described above, the extraction container 9 is turned upside down by the middle unit 8B. The extraction container 9 in FIG. 6 shows a basic posture in which the lid unit 91 is located on the upper side. In the following description, a vertical positional relationship means a vertical positional relationship in a basic posture unless otherwise specified.
　容器本体９０は有底の容器であり、ネック部９０ｂ、肩部９０ｄ、胴部９０ｅ及び底部９０ｆを有するボトル形状を有している。ネック部９０ｂの端部（容器本体９０の上端部）には、容器本体９０の内部空間と連通する開口９０ａを画定するフランジ部９０ｃが形成されている。 The container body 90 is a container with a bottom and has a bottle shape having a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, a body portion 90e, and a bottom portion 90f. A flange portion 90c that defines an opening 90a that communicates with the internal space of the container body 90 is formed at an end of the neck portion 90b (an upper end portion of the container body 90).
　ネック部９０ｂ及び胴部９０ｅは、いずれも円筒形状を有している。肩部９０ｄは、ネック部９０ｂと胴部９０ｅとの間の部分であり、その内部空間の断面積が胴部９０ｅ側からネック部９０ｂ側へ向かって徐々に小さくなるようにテーパ形状を有している。 Both the neck portion 90b and the trunk portion 90e have a cylindrical shape. The shoulder portion 90d is a portion between the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e, and has a tapered shape such that the cross-sectional area of its internal space gradually decreases from the body portion 90e side to the neck portion 90b side. ing.
　蓋ユニット９１は開口９０ａを開閉するユニットである。蓋ユニット９１の開閉動作（昇降動作）は上部ユニット８Ａにより行われる。 The lid unit 91 is a unit that opens and closes the opening 90a. The opening / closing operation (elevation operation) of the lid unit 91 is performed by the upper unit 8A.
　容器本体９０は、本体部材９００及び底部材９０１を含む。本体部材９００は、ネック部９０ｂ、肩部９０ｄ、胴部９０ｅを形成する上下が開放した筒部材である。底部材９０１は底部９０ｆを形成する部材であり、本体部材９００の下部に挿入されて固定される。本体部材９００と底部材９０１との間にはシール部材９０２が介在し、容器本体９０内の気密性を向上する。 The container main body 90 includes a main body member 900 and a bottom member 901. The main body member 900 is a cylindrical member that opens up and down and forms a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, and a body portion 90e. The bottom member 901 is a member that forms the bottom part 90f, and is inserted and fixed below the main body member 900. A seal member 902 is interposed between the main body member 900 and the bottom member 901 to improve the airtightness inside the container main body 90.
　本実施形態の場合、本体部材９００はアクリル、ガラスなどの透光性を有する材料で形成されており、その全体が透過部とされた透明容器を構成している。管理者や飲料の需要者は、カバー部１０２、容器本体９０の本体部材９００を透して、容器本体９０内でのコーヒー飲料の抽出状況を視認可能である。管理者にとっては、抽出動作を確認し易い場合があり、飲料の需要者にとっては抽出状況を楽しめる場合がある。 In the case of the present embodiment, the main body member 900 is formed of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent container in which the whole is a transmissive portion. The administrator and the consumer of the beverage can visually check the extraction state of the coffee beverage in the container main body 90 through the cover portion 102 and the main body member 900 of the container main body 90. In some cases, the brewing operation may be easily confirmed by the manager, and in some cases, the brewing user may enjoy the brewing situation.
　底部材９０１の中心部には凸部９０１ｃが設けられ、この凸部９０１ｃには、容器本体９０内を外部に連通させる連通穴や、この連通穴を開閉する弁（図８の弁９０３）が設けられている。連通穴は、容器本体９０内を洗浄する際の廃液及び残渣の排出に用いられる。凸部９０１ｃにはシール部材９０８が設けられており、シール部材９０８は、上部ユニット８Ａまたは下部ユニット８Ｃと底部材９０１との間を気密に維持するための部材である。 A convex portion 901c is provided at the center of the bottom member 901. The convex portion 901c has a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 to the outside, and a valve (valve 903 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. Is provided. The communication hole is used for discharging waste liquid and residue when cleaning the inside of the container body 90. The projection 901c is provided with a seal member 908. The seal member 908 is a member for maintaining the airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the bottom member 901.
　蓋ユニット９１は、帽子状のベース部材９１１を備える。ベース部材９１１は、凸部９１１ｄ、及び、閉時にフランジ部９０ｃと重なる鍔部９１１ｃを有する。凸部９１１ｄには、容器本体９０における凸部９０１ｃと同じ構造とされており、容器本体９０内を外部に連通させる連通穴や、この連通穴を開閉する弁（図８の弁９１３）が設けられている。凸部９１１ｄの連通穴は、主に、容器本体９０内へのお湯の注入とコーヒー飲料の送出に用いられる。凸部９１１ｄにはシール部材９１８ａが設けられている。シール部材９１８ａは、上部ユニット８Ａまたは下部ユニット８Ｃとベース部材９１１との間を気密に維持するための部材である。蓋ユニット９１には、また、シール部材９１９が設けられている。シール部材９１９は、蓋ユニット９１の閉時に蓋ユニット９１と容器本体９０との気密性を向上する。蓋ユニット９１には濾過用のフィルタが保持される。 The lid unit 91 includes a hat-shaped base member 911. The base member 911 has a protrusion 911d and a flange 911c that overlaps the flange 90c when closed. The protruding portion 911d has the same structure as the protruding portion 901c of the container main body 90, and is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container main body 90 with the outside and a valve (valve 913 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. Have been. The communication hole of the convex portion 911d is mainly used for injecting hot water into the container main body 90 and sending out a coffee beverage. The projection 911d is provided with a seal member 918a. The seal member 918a is a member for maintaining the airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the base member 911. The lid unit 91 is also provided with a seal member 919. The sealing member 919 improves the airtightness between the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 when the lid unit 91 is closed. The lid unit 91 holds a filter for filtration.
　＜４－３．上部ユニット及び下部ユニット＞
　上部ユニット８Ａ及び下部ユニット８Ｃについて図７、図８を参照して説明する。図７は上部ユニット８Ａ及び下部ユニット８Ｃの一部の構成を示す正面図であり、図８は図７の縦断面図である。 <4-3. Upper unit and lower unit>
The upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 7 is a front view showing a configuration of a part of the upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C, and FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of FIG.
　上部ユニット８Ａは、操作ユニット８１Ａを含む。操作ユニット８１Ａは容器本体９０に対する蓋ユニット９１の開閉操作（昇降）及び凸部９０１ｃ及び９１１ｄの弁の開閉操作を行う。操作ユニット８１Ａは、支持部材８００、保持部材８０１、昇降軸８０２及びプローブ８０３を含む。 The upper unit 8A includes an operation unit 81A. The operation unit 81A performs an opening / closing operation (elevating / lowering) of the lid unit 91 with respect to the container body 90 and an opening / closing operation of the valves of the convex portions 901c and 911d. The operation unit 81A includes a support member 800, a holding member 801, a lifting shaft 802, and a probe 803.
　支持部材８００はフレームＦに対する相対位置が変化しないように固定して設けられており、保持部材８０１を収容する。支持部材８００は、また、配管Ｌ３と支持部材８００内を連通させる連通部８００ａを備える。配管Ｌ３から供給されるお湯、水道水および気圧が連通部８００ａを介して支持部材８００内に導入される。 The support member 800 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 801. The support member 800 further includes a communication portion 800a that allows the pipe L3 to communicate with the inside of the support member 800. Hot water, tap water, and air pressure supplied from the pipe L3 are introduced into the support member 800 via the communication portion 800a.
　保持部材８０１は、蓋ユニット９１を着脱自在に保持可能な部材である。保持部材８０１は蓋ユニット９１の凸部９１１ｄ又は底部材９０１の凸部９０１ｃが挿入される円筒状の空間を有すると共に、これらを着脱自在に保持する機構を備える。この機構は、例えば、スナップリング機構であり、一定の押圧力により係合し、一定の分離力により係合が解除される。配管Ｌ３から供給されるお湯、水道水および気圧は、連通部８００ａ及び保持部材８０１の連通穴８０１ａを介して抽出容器９内へ供給可能である。 The holding member 801 is a member capable of detachably holding the lid unit 91. The holding member 801 has a cylindrical space into which the protrusion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the protrusion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and has a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a certain pressing force and released by a certain separating force. Hot water, tap water, and air pressure supplied from the pipe L3 can be supplied into the extraction container 9 through the communication portion 800a and the communication hole 801a of the holding member 801.
　保持部材８０１は支持部材８００内を上下方向にスライド自在に設けられた可動部材でもある。昇降軸８０２はその軸方向が上下方向となるように設けられている。昇降軸８０２は支持部材８００の天部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８００に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The holding member 801 is also a movable member provided to be slidable vertically in the support member 800. The elevating shaft 802 is provided so that its axial direction is the up-down direction. The elevating shaft 802 vertically penetrates the top of the support member 800 in an airtight manner, and is provided to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800.
　昇降軸８０２の下端部には保持部材８０１の天部が固定されている。昇降軸８０２の昇降によって保持部材８０１が上下方向にスライドし、凸部９１１ｄや凸部９０１ｃへの保持部材８０１の装着と分離を行うことができる。また、容器本体９０に対する蓋ユニット９１の開閉を行うことができる。 天 The top of the holding member 801 is fixed to the lower end of the elevating shaft 802. The holding member 801 slides up and down by the raising and lowering of the elevating shaft 802, so that the holding member 801 can be attached to and separated from the protrusions 911 d and 901 c. Further, the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed with respect to the container body 90.
　昇降軸８０２の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８０２ａが形成されている。このねじ８０２ａにはナット８０４ｂが螺着されている。上部ユニット８Ａは、モータ８０４ａを備えており、ナット８０４ｂはモータ８０４ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転される。ナット８０４ｂの回転によって昇降軸８０２が昇降する。 ね じ A screw 802a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the elevating shaft 802. A nut 804b is screwed to the screw 802a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 804a, and the nut 804b is rotated on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 804a. The rotation of the nut 804b causes the lifting shaft 802 to move up and down.
　昇降軸８０２は、中心軸に貫通穴を有する管状の軸であり、この貫通穴にプローブ８０３が上下にスライド自在に挿入されている。プローブ８０３は保持部材８０１の天部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８００及び保持部材８０１に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The elevating shaft 802 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the center axis, and the probe 803 is inserted into this through hole so as to be slidable up and down. The probe 803 penetrates the top of the holding member 801 in an airtight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800 and the holding member 801.
　プローブ８０３は、凸部９１１ｄ、９０１ｃの内部に設けた弁９１３、９０３を開閉する操作子であり、プローブ８０３の降下により弁９１３、９０３を閉状態から開状態とし、プローブ８０３の上昇により弁を開状態から閉状態（不図示のリターンばねの作用による）とすることができる。 The probe 803 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The probe 803 lowers the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state, and raises the probe 803 to open the valves 913 and 903. The state can be changed from the open state to the closed state (by the action of a return spring (not shown)).
　プローブ８０３の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８０３ａが形成されている。このねじ８０３ａにはナット８０５ｂが螺着されている。上部ユニット８Ａは、モータ８０５ａを備えており、ナット８０５ｂはモータ８０５ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転するように設けられている。ナット８０５ｂの回転によってプローブ８０３が昇降する。 ね じ A screw 803a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 803. A nut 805b is screwed to the screw 803a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 805a, and the nut 805b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 805a. The probe 803 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 805b.
　下部ユニット８Ｃは、操作ユニット８１Ｃを含む。操作ユニット８１Ｃは、操作ユニット８１Ａを上下に反転した構成であり、凸部９１１ｄ、９０１ｃの内部に設けた弁９１３、９０３の開閉操作を行う。操作ユニット８１Ｃも蓋ユニット９１の開閉が可能な構成であるが、本実施形態では操作ユニット８１Ｃを蓋ユニット９１の開閉には用いない。 The lower unit 8C includes an operation unit 81C. The operation unit 81C has a configuration in which the operation unit 81A is turned upside down, and performs opening and closing operations of valves 913 and 903 provided inside the protrusions 911d and 901c. The operation unit 81C is also configured to be able to open and close the lid unit 91. However, in this embodiment, the operation unit 81C is not used to open and close the lid unit 91.
　以下、操作ユニット８１Ａの説明と略同じであるが、操作ユニット８１Ｃについて説明する。操作ユニット８１Ｃは、支持部材８１０、保持部材８１１、昇降軸８１２及びプローブ８１３を含む。 Hereinafter, the operation unit 81C is substantially the same as the operation unit 81A, but the operation unit 81C will be described. The operation unit 81C includes a support member 810, a holding member 811, an elevating shaft 812, and a probe 813.
　支持部材８１０はフレームＦに対する相対位置が変化しないように固定して設けられており、保持部材８１１を収容する。支持部材８１０は、また、切替ユニット１０の切替弁１０ａと支持部材８１０内を連通させる連通部８１０ａを備える。容器本体９０内のコーヒー飲料、水道水、挽き豆の残渣が連通部８１０ａを介して切替弁１０ａに導入される。 The support member 810 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 811. The support member 810 further includes a communication portion 810a that allows the switching valve 10a of the switching unit 10 to communicate with the inside of the support member 810. The coffee beverage, tap water, and ground bean residues in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a via the communication portion 810a.
　保持部材８１１は、蓋ユニット９１の凸部９１１ｄ又は底部材９０１の凸部９０１ｃが挿入される円筒状の空間を有すると共に、これらを着脱自在に保持する機構を備える。この機構は、例えば、スナップリング機構であり、一定の押圧力により係合し、一定の分離力により係合が解除される。容器本体９０内のコーヒー飲料、水道水、挽き豆の残渣が連通部８１０ａ及び保持部材８１１の連通穴８１１ａを介して切替弁１０ａに導入される。 The holding member 811 has a cylindrical space into which the protrusion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the protrusion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and includes a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which is engaged by a certain pressing force and released by a certain separating force. The coffee beverage, tap water, and ground bean residues in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communication portion 810a and the communication hole 811a of the holding member 811.
　保持部材８１１は支持部材８１０内を上下方向にスライド自在に設けられた可動部材でもある。昇降軸８１２はその軸方向が上下方向となるように設けられている。昇降軸８１２は支持部材８００の底部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８１０に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The holding member 811 is also a movable member provided to be slidable up and down in the support member 810. The elevating shaft 812 is provided so that its axial direction is the up-down direction. The elevating shaft 812 vertically penetrates the bottom of the support member 800 in an airtight manner, and is provided to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810.
　昇降軸８１２の下端部には保持部材８１１の底部が固定されている。昇降軸８１２の昇降によって保持部材８１１が上下方向にスライドし、凸部９０１ｃや凸部９１１ｄへの保持部材８１１の装着と分離を行うことができる。 The bottom of the holding member 811 is fixed to the lower end of the elevating shaft 812. The holding member 811 slides up and down by the raising and lowering of the elevating shaft 812, so that the holding member 811 can be attached to and separated from the protrusions 901c and 911d.
　昇降軸８１２の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８１２ａが形成されている。このねじ８１２ａにはナット８１４ｂが螺着されている。下部ユニット８Ｃは、モータ８１４ａを備えており、ナット８１４ｂはモータ８１４ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転される。ナット８１４ｂの回転によって昇降軸８１２が昇降する。 ね じ A screw 812a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the elevating shaft 812. A nut 814b is screwed to the screw 812a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 814a, and the nut 814b is rotated on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 814a. The rotation of the nut 814b causes the lifting shaft 812 to move up and down.
　昇降軸８１２は、中心軸に貫通穴を有する管状の軸であり、この貫通穴にプローブ８１３が上下にスライド自在に挿入されている。プローブ８１３は保持部材８１１の底部を上下方向に気密に貫通し、支持部材８１０及び保持部材８１１に対して上下に昇降自在に設けられている。 The elevating shaft 812 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the center axis, and the probe 813 is inserted into this through hole slidably up and down. The probe 813 penetrates the bottom of the holding member 811 in an airtight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810 and the holding member 811.
　プローブ８１３は、凸部９１１ｄ、９０１ｃの内部に設けた弁９１３、９０３を開閉する操作子であり、プローブ８１３の上昇により弁９１３、９０３を閉状態から開状態とし、プローブ８１３の降下により弁を開状態から閉状態（不図示のリターンばねの作用による）とすることができる。 The probe 813 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911 d and 901 c. The rising of the probe 813 changes the valves 913 and 903 from the closed state to the open state. The state can be changed from the open state to the closed state (by the action of a return spring (not shown)).
　プローブ８１３の外周面にはリードスクリュー機構を構成するねじ８１３ａが形成されている。このねじ８１３ａにはナット８１５ｂが螺着されている。下部ユニット８Ｃは、モータ８１５ａを備えており、ナット８１５ｂはモータ８１５ａの駆動力によって、その場で（上下に移動せずに）回転するように設けられている。ナット８１５ｂの回転によってプローブ８１３が昇降する。 ね じ A screw 813a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 813. A nut 815b is screwed to the screw 813a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 815a, and the nut 815b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 815a. The probe 813 moves up and down by rotation of the nut 815b.
　＜４－４．中部ユニット＞
　中部ユニット８Ｂについて図５及び図９を参照して説明する。図９は中部ユニット８Ｂの模式図である。中部ユニット８Ｂは抽出容器９を支持する支持ユニット８１Ｂを含む。支持ユニット８１Ｂは上述したアーム部材８２０の他、ロック機構８２１を支持するユニット本体８１Ｂ’を含む。 <4-4. Chubu Unit>
The middle unit 8B will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the middle unit 8B. The middle unit 8B includes a support unit 81B that supports the extraction container 9. The support unit 81B includes a unit main body 81B ′ that supports the lock mechanism 821, in addition to the arm member 820 described above.
　ロック機構８２１は、蓋ユニット９１を容器本体９０に対して閉状態に維持する機構である。ロック機構８２１は、蓋ユニット９１の鍔部９１１ｃと容器本体９０のフランジ部９０ｃとを上下に挟持する一対の把持部材８２１ａを含む。一対の把持部材８２１ａは、鍔部９１１ｃとフランジ部９０ｃとを挟み込んで嵌合するＣ字型の断面を有しており、モータ８２２の駆動力により左右方向に開閉される。一対の把持部材８２１ａが閉状態の場合、図９の囲み図において実線で示すように、各把持部材８２１ａは鍔部９１１ｃとフランジ部９０ｃとを上下に挟み込むようにしてこれらに嵌合し、蓋ユニット９１が容器本体９０に対して気密にロックされる。このロック状態においては、保持部材８０１を昇降軸８０２によって上昇させて蓋ユニット９１を開放しようとしても、蓋ユニット９１は移動しない（ロックは解除されない）。つまり、保持部材８０１を用いて蓋ユニット９１を開放する力よりもロック機構８２１によるロックの力の方が強く設定されている。これにより異常時に容器本体９０に対して蓋ユニット９１が開状態になることを防止することができる。 The lock mechanism 821 is a mechanism for keeping the lid unit 91 closed with respect to the container body 90. The lock mechanism 821 includes a pair of gripping members 821a that vertically clamp the flange 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange 90c of the container body 90. The pair of gripping members 821a have a C-shaped cross section that fits by sandwiching the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, and is opened and closed in the left and right directions by the driving force of the motor 822. When the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, as shown by solid lines in the encircled view of FIG. The unit 91 is hermetically locked to the container body 90. In this locked state, the lid unit 91 does not move (the lock is not released) even if the lid unit 91 is opened by raising the holding member 801 by the elevating shaft 802. That is, the locking force of the lock mechanism 821 is set to be stronger than the force of opening the lid unit 91 using the holding member 801. Thus, it is possible to prevent the lid unit 91 from being opened with respect to the container main body 90 in the event of an abnormality.
　また、一対の把持部材８２１ａが開状態の場合、図９の囲み図において破線で示すように、鍔部９１１ｃとフランジ部９０ｃから各把持部材８２１ａが離間した状態となり、蓋ユニット９１と容器本体９０とのロックが解除される。 When the pair of grip members 821a are in the open state, as shown by broken lines in the encircled view of FIG. 9, each grip member 821a is separated from the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, and the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 are separated. The lock with is released.
　保持部材８０１が蓋ユニット９１を保持した状態にあり、かつ、保持部材８０１を降下位置から上昇位置に上昇する場合、一対の把持部材８２１ａが開状態の場合には容器本体９０から蓋ユニット９１が分離される。逆に一対の把持部材８２１ａが閉状態の場合には蓋ユニット９１に対する保持部材８０１が解除され、保持部材８０１だけが上昇することになる。 When the holding member 801 is in the state of holding the lid unit 91 and the holding member 801 is raised from the lowered position to the raised position, when the pair of gripping members 821a are in the open state, the lid unit 91 is moved from the container body 90. Separated. Conversely, when the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, the holding member 801 for the lid unit 91 is released, and only the holding member 801 rises.
　中部ユニット８Ｂは、また、モータ８２３を駆動源としてアーム部材８２０を前後方向に水平移動する機構を含む。これにより、アーム部材８２０に支持された容器本体９０を後側の抽出位置（状態ＳＴ１）と、前側の豆投入位置（状態ＳＴ２）との間で移動することができる。豆投入位置は、容器本体９０に挽き豆を投入する位置であり、蓋ユニット９１が分離された容器本体９０の開口９０ａに、グラインダ５Ｂで挽かれた挽き豆が排出管５Ｃから投入される。換言すると、排出管５Ｃの位置は、豆投入位置に位置している容器本体９０の上方である。 The middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for horizontally moving the arm member 820 in the front-rear direction using the motor 823 as a driving source. Thereby, the container main body 90 supported by the arm member 820 can be moved between the rear extraction position (state ST1) and the front bean insertion position (state ST2). The bean charging position is a position where the ground beans are charged into the container main body 90, and the ground beans ground by the grinder 5B are supplied from the discharge pipe 5C into the opening 90a of the container main body 90 from which the lid unit 91 is separated. In other words, the position of the discharge pipe 5C is above the container main body 90 located at the bean input position.
　抽出位置は、容器本体９０が操作ユニット８１Ａ及び操作ユニット８１Ｃによる操作が可能となる位置であり、プローブ８０３、８１３と同軸上の位置であって、コーヒー液の抽出を行う位置である。抽出位置は豆投入位置よりも奥側の位置である。図５、図７及び図８はいずれも容器本体９０が抽出位置にある場合を示している。このように、挽き豆の投入と、コーヒー液の抽出及び水の供給とで、容器本体９０の位置を異ならせることにより、コーヒー液抽出時に発生する湯気が、挽き豆の供給部である排出管５Ｃに付着することを防止できる。 The extraction position is a position where the container body 90 can be operated by the operation unit 81A and the operation unit 81C, is a position coaxial with the probes 803 and 813, and is a position where the coffee liquid is extracted. The extraction position is a position on the back side of the bean input position. FIGS. 5, 7, and 8 all show the case where the container body 90 is at the extraction position. Thus, by making the position of the container main body 90 different between the input of the ground bean, the extraction of the coffee liquid, and the supply of the water, the steam generated at the time of extracting the coffee liquid is discharged from the discharge pipe serving as the supply section of the ground bean. Adhesion to 5C can be prevented.
　中部ユニット８Ｂは、また、モータ８２４を駆動源として支持ユニット８１Ｂを前後方向の軸８２５回りに回転させる機構を含む。これにより、容器本体９０（抽出容器９）の姿勢をネック部９０ｂが上側の正立姿勢（状態ＳＴ１）からネック部９０ｂが下側の倒立姿勢（状態ＳＴ３）へ変化させることができる。抽出容器９の回動中は、ロック機構８２１により容器本体９０に蓋ユニット９１がロックされた状態が維持される。正立姿勢と倒立姿勢とで抽出容器９は上下が反転される。正立姿勢における凸部９０１ｃの位置に、倒立姿勢では凸部９１１ｄが位置する。また、正立姿勢における凸部９１１ｄの位置に、倒立姿勢では凸部９０１ｃが位置する。このため、倒立姿勢では弁９０３に対する開閉操作を操作ユニット８１Ａが行うことができ、また、弁９１３に対する開閉操作を操作ユニット８１Ｃが行うことができる。 The middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism for rotating the support unit 81B around a shaft 825 in the front-rear direction using the motor 824 as a drive source. Thereby, the posture of the container body 90 (extraction container 9) can be changed from the upright posture (state ST1) in which the neck portion 90b is on the upper side to the inverted posture (state ST3) in which the neck portion 90b is on the lower side. While the extraction container 9 is rotating, the state where the lid unit 91 is locked to the container main body 90 by the lock mechanism 821 is maintained. The extraction container 9 is turned upside down between the upright posture and the inverted posture. The convex portion 911c is located at the position of the convex portion 901c in the upright posture, and the convex portion 911d is located at the position of the inverted posture. In the upright posture, the convex portion 911c is located at the position of the convex portion 911d in the upright posture. Therefore, in the inverted posture, the operation unit 81A can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 903, and the operation unit 81C can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 913.
　＜５．制御装置＞
　図１０を参照して飲料製造装置１の制御装置１１について説明する。図１０は制御装置１１のブロック図である。 <5. Control device>
The control device 11 of the beverage production device 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the control device 11.
　制御装置１１は飲料製造装置１の全体を制御する。制御装置１１は、処理部１１ａ、記憶部１１ｂ及びＩ／Ｆ（インタフェース）部１１ｃを含む。処理部１１ａは例えばＣＰＵ等のプロセッサである。記憶部１１ｂは例えばＲＡＭやＲＯＭである。Ｉ／Ｆ部１１ｃは外部デバイスと処理部１１ａとの間の信号の入出力を行う入出力インタフェースを含む。Ｉ／Ｆ部１１ｃは、また、インターネットなどの通信ネットワーク１５を介してサーバ１６とデータ通信が可能な通信インタフェースを含む。サーバ１６は、通信ネットワーク１５を介してスマートフォン等の携帯端末１７との通信が可能であり、例えば、飲料の需要者の携帯端末１７から飲料製造の予約や、感想などの情報を受信可能である。 The control device 11 controls the whole of the beverage production device 1. The control device 11 includes a processing unit 11a, a storage unit 11b, and an I / F (interface) unit 11c. The processing unit 11a is a processor such as a CPU, for example. The storage unit 11b is, for example, a RAM or a ROM. The I / F unit 11c includes an input / output interface that inputs and outputs signals between the external device and the processing unit 11a. The I / F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of performing data communication with the server 16 via a communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15, and can receive information such as a reservation for beverage production and an impression from the mobile terminal 17 of a beverage consumer, for example. .
　処理部１１ａは記憶部１１ｂに記憶されたプログラムを実行し、情報表示装置１２からの指示或いはセンサ群１３の検出結果若しくはサーバ１６からの指示に基づいて、アクチュエータ群１４を制御する。センサ群１３は飲料製造装置１に設けられた各種のセンサ（例えばお湯の温度センサ、機構の動作位置検出センサ、圧力センサ等）である。アクチュエータ群１４は飲料製造装置１に設けられた各種のアクチュエータ（例えばモータ、電磁弁、ヒーター等）である。 The processing unit 11a executes the program stored in the storage unit 11b, and controls the actuator group 14 based on an instruction from the information display device 12, a detection result of the sensor group 13, or an instruction from the server 16. The sensor group 13 is various sensors (for example, a hot water temperature sensor, a mechanism operation position detection sensor, a pressure sensor, and the like) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The actuator group 14 is various actuators (for example, a motor, a solenoid valve, a heater, and the like) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.
　＜６．動作制御例＞
　処理部１１ａが実行する飲料製造装置１の制御処理例について図１１Ａ（Ａ）及び（Ｂ）を参照して説明する。図１１（Ａ）は一回のコーヒー飲料製造動作に関わる制御例を示している。製造指示前の飲料製造装置１の状態を待機状態と呼ぶ。待機状態における各機構の状態は以下の通りである。 <6. Operation control example>
An example of control processing of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 executed by the processing unit 11a will be described with reference to FIGS. 11A and 11B. FIG. 11A shows a control example related to one coffee beverage production operation. The state of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 before the production instruction is called a standby state. The state of each mechanism in the standby state is as follows.
　抽出装置３は図５の状態にある。抽出容器９は正立姿勢で、かつ、抽出位置に位置している。ロック機構８２１は閉状態であり、蓋ユニット９１は容器本体９０の開口９０ａを閉鎖している。保持部材８０１は降下位置にあり、凸部９１１ｄに装着されている。保持部材８１１は上昇位置にあり、凸部９０１ｃに装着されている。弁９０３及び９１３は閉状態にある。切替弁１０ａは操作ユニット８Ｃの連通部８１０ａを廃棄タンクＴと連通させる。 The extraction device 3 is in the state of FIG. The extraction container 9 is in the upright posture and is located at the extraction position. The lock mechanism 821 is in a closed state, and the lid unit 91 closes the opening 90 a of the container main body 90. The holding member 801 is at the lowered position and is mounted on the convex portion 911d. The holding member 811 is at the raised position and is mounted on the convex portion 901c. Valves 903 and 913 are closed. The switching valve 10a makes the communication part 810a of the operation unit 8C communicate with the waste tank T.
　待機状態において、コーヒー飲料の製造指示があると、図１１（Ａ）の処理が実行される。Ｓ１では予熱処理が実行される。この処理は容器本体９０内にお湯を注ぎ、容器本体９０を事前に加温する処理である。まず、弁９０３及び９１３を開状態とする。これにより、配管Ｌ３、抽出容器９、廃棄タンクＴが連通状態となる。 に お い て In the standby state, when there is a coffee beverage production instruction, the processing of FIG. 11A is executed. In S1, a pre-heat treatment is performed. This process is a process of pouring hot water into the container main body 90 and heating the container main body 90 in advance. First, the valves 903 and 913 are opened. Thereby, the pipe L3, the extraction container 9, and the waste tank T are brought into a communicating state.
　電磁弁７２ｉを所定時間（例えば１５００ｍｓ）だけ開放したのちに閉鎖する。これにより、水タンク７２から抽出容器９内にお湯が注入される。続いて電磁弁７３を所定時間（例えば５００ｍｓ）だけ開放したのちに閉鎖する。これにより、抽出容器９内の空気が加圧され、廃棄タンクＴへのお湯の排出を促進する。以上の処理により、抽出容器９の内部及び配管Ｌ２が予熱され、これに続くコーヒー飲料の製造において、お湯が冷めることを低減できる。 。 The electromagnetic valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1500 ms) and then closed. Thereby, hot water is poured from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9. Subsequently, the solenoid valve 73 is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. Thereby, the air in the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the discharge of hot water to the waste tank T is promoted. By the above processing, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipe L2 are preheated, and it is possible to reduce the cooling of hot water in the subsequent production of a coffee beverage.
　Ｓ２ではグラインド処理を行う。ここでは焙煎コーヒー豆を粉砕し、その挽き豆を容器本体９０に投入する。まず、ロック機構８２１を開状態とし、保持部材８０１を上昇位置に上昇する。蓋ユニット９１は保持部材８０１に保持され、保持部材８０１と共に上昇する。この結果、蓋ユニット９１は容器本体９０から分離する。保持部材８１１は降下位置に降下する。容器本体９０を豆投入位置に移動する。続いて、貯留装置４及び粉砕装置５を作動する。これにより、貯留装置４から一杯分の焙煎コーヒー豆がグラインダ５Ａに供給される。グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂで焙煎コーヒー豆が二段階で挽かれ、かつ、分離装置６で不要物が分離される。挽き豆は容器本体９０に投入される。 In S2, a grinding process is performed. Here, the roasted coffee beans are pulverized, and the ground beans are put into the container body 90. First, the lock mechanism 821 is opened, and the holding member 801 is raised to the raised position. The lid unit 91 is held by the holding member 801 and rises together with the holding member 801. As a result, the lid unit 91 is separated from the container body 90. The holding member 811 descends to the descending position. The container body 90 is moved to the bean charging position. Subsequently, the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 are operated. Thereby, one cup of roasted coffee beans is supplied from the storage device 4 to the grinder 5A. The roasted coffee beans are ground in two stages by the grinders 5A and 5B, and unnecessary materials are separated by the separation device 6. The ground beans are put into the container body 90.
　容器本体９０を抽出位置に戻す。保持部材８０１を降下位置に降下して容器本体９０に蓋ユニット９１を装着する。ロック機構８２１を閉状態とし、蓋ユニット９１を容器本体９０に気密にロックする。保持部材８１１は上昇位置に上昇する。弁９０３、９１３のうち、弁９０３は開状態とし、弁９１３は閉状態とする。 戻 す Return the container body 90 to the extraction position. The holding member 801 is lowered to the lowered position, and the lid unit 91 is mounted on the container body 90. The lock mechanism 821 is closed, and the lid unit 91 is hermetically locked to the container body 90. The holding member 811 is raised to the raised position. Of the valves 903 and 913, the valve 903 is opened and the valve 913 is closed.
　Ｓ３では抽出処理を行う。ここでは容器本体９０内の挽き豆からコーヒー液を抽出する。図１１（Ｂ）はＳ３の抽出処理のフローチャートである。 In S3, an extraction process is performed. Here, the coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the container body 90. FIG. 11B is a flowchart of the extraction processing in S3.
　Ｓ１１では抽出容器９内の挽き豆を蒸らすため、一杯分のお湯よりも少ない量のお湯を抽出容器９に注入する。ここでは、電磁弁７２ｉを所定時間（例えば５００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖する。これにより、水タンク７２から抽出容器９内にお湯が注入される。その後、所定時間（例えば、５０００ｍｓ）待機してＳ１１の処理を終了する。この処理によって挽き豆を蒸らすことができる。挽き豆を蒸らすことで、挽き豆に含まれる炭酸ガスを放出させ、その後の抽出効果を高めることができる。 In step S11, in order to steam the ground beans in the extraction container 9, a smaller amount of hot water than one cup of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9. Here, the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms). Thereby, hot water is poured from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9. Then, after waiting for a predetermined time (for example, 5000 ms), the process of S11 ends. With this process, the ground beans can be steamed. By steaming the ground beans, carbon dioxide contained in the ground beans can be released, and the subsequent extraction effect can be enhanced.
　Ｓ１２では、一杯分のお湯が抽出容器９に収容されるよう、残りの量のお湯を抽出容器９へ注入する。ここでは、電磁弁７２ｉを所定時間（例えば７０００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖する。これにより、水タンク７２から抽出容器９内にお湯が注入される。 In S12, the remaining amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 so that one cup of hot water is stored in the extraction container 9. Here, the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms). Thereby, hot water is poured from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9.
　Ｓ１２の処理によって抽出容器９内を、１気圧で摂氏１００度を超える温度（例えば摂氏１１０度程度）の状態とすることができる。続いてＳ１３により抽出容器９内を加圧する。ここでは電磁弁７３ｂを所定時間（例えば１０００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖し、抽出容器９内をお湯が沸騰しない気圧（例えば４気圧程度（ゲージ圧で３気圧程度））に加圧する。その後、弁９０３を閉状態とする。 処理 By the process of S12, the inside of the extraction container 9 can be brought into a state of more than 100 degrees Celsius at 1 atmosphere (for example, about 110 degrees Celsius). Subsequently, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized by S13. Here, the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to a pressure at which hot water does not boil (for example, about 4 atm (about 3 atm in gauge pressure)). Thereafter, the valve 903 is closed.
　続いて、この状態を所定時間（例えば７０００ｍｓ）維持して浸漬式のコーヒー液抽出を行う（Ｓ１４）。これにより高温高圧下での浸漬式によるコーヒー液の抽出が行われる。高温高圧下での浸漬式の抽出では、以下の効果が見込める。一つ目は、高圧にすることで、挽き豆の内部にお湯を浸透させ易くし、コーヒー液の抽出を促進させることができる。二つ目は、高温にすることで、コーヒー液の抽出が促進される。三つ目は、高温にすることで挽き豆に含まれるオイルの粘性を下がり、オイルの抽出が促進される。これにより香り高いコーヒー飲料を製造できる。 Subsequently, this state is maintained for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms), and immersion-type coffee liquid extraction is performed (S14). Thus, the coffee liquor is extracted by the immersion method under high temperature and high pressure. The following effects can be expected by immersion extraction under high temperature and high pressure. First, by applying a high pressure, hot water can easily penetrate into the ground beans, and the extraction of coffee liquid can be promoted. Second, the high temperature promotes extraction of the coffee liquor. Third, by raising the temperature, the viscosity of the oil contained in the ground beans is reduced, and the extraction of the oil is promoted. Thereby, a fragrant coffee beverage can be manufactured.
　お湯（高温水）の温度は、摂氏１００度を超えていればよいが、より高温である方がコーヒー液の抽出の点で有利である。一方、お湯の温度を高くするためには一般にコストアップとなる。したがって、お湯の温度は、例えば、摂氏１０５度以上、または、摂氏１１０度以上、或いは、摂氏１１５度以上とし、また、例えば、摂氏１３０度以下、または、摂氏１２０度以下としてもよい。気圧はお湯が沸騰しない気圧であればよい。 湯 The temperature of hot water (high-temperature water) may be higher than 100 degrees Celsius, but a higher temperature is advantageous in extracting coffee liquid. On the other hand, raising the temperature of hot water generally increases costs. Therefore, the temperature of the hot water may be, for example, 105 degrees Celsius or higher, 110 degrees Celsius or higher, or 115 degrees Celsius or higher, and, for example, 130 degrees Celsius or lower, or 120 degrees Celsius or lower. The pressure may be any pressure at which hot water does not boil.
　Ｓ１５では抽出容器９内を減圧する。ここでは、抽出容器９内の気圧をお湯が沸騰する気圧に切り替える。具体的には、弁９１３を開状態とし、電磁弁７３ｃを所定時間（例えば１０００ｍｓ）開放して閉鎖する。抽出容器９内が大気に解放される。その後、弁９１３を再び閉状態とする。 In S15, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced. Here, the pressure in the extraction container 9 is switched to the pressure at which the hot water boils. Specifically, the valve 913 is opened, and the solenoid valve 73c is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms). The inside of the extraction container 9 is released to the atmosphere. Thereafter, the valve 913 is closed again.
　抽出容器９内が沸点圧よりも低い気圧に急激に減圧され、抽出容器９内のお湯が一気に沸騰する。抽出容器９内のお湯、挽き豆は、抽出容器９内で爆発的に飛散する。これにより、お湯を均一に沸騰させることができる。また、挽き豆の細胞壁の破壊を促進させることができ、その後のコーヒー液の抽出を更に促進させることができる。また、この沸騰により挽き豆とお湯を撹拌させることもできるため、コーヒー液の抽出を促進させることができる。こうして本実施形態ではコーヒー液の抽出効率を向上することができる。 (4) The pressure in the extraction container 9 is rapidly reduced to a pressure lower than the boiling point pressure, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 boils at a stretch. Hot water and ground beans in the extraction container 9 explode in the extraction container 9. Thereby, hot water can be boiled uniformly. Further, the destruction of the cell wall of the ground bean can be promoted, and the subsequent extraction of the coffee liquid can be further promoted. In addition, since the ground beans and the hot water can be stirred by the boiling, the extraction of the coffee liquid can be promoted. Thus, in this embodiment, the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be improved.
　Ｓ１６では抽出容器９を正立姿勢から倒立姿勢へ反転する。ここでは、保持部材８０１を上昇位置に、保持部材８１１を降下位置にそれぞれ移動する。そして、支持ユニット８１Ｂを回転させる。その後、保持部材８０１を降下位置に、保持部材８１１を上昇位置にそれぞれ戻す。倒立姿勢の抽出容器９は、ネック部９０ｂや蓋ユニット９１が下側に位置することになる。 In S16, the extraction container 9 is inverted from the upright posture to the inverted posture. Here, the holding member 801 is moved to the raised position, and the holding member 811 is moved to the lowered position. Then, the support unit 81B is rotated. Thereafter, the holding member 801 is returned to the lowered position, and the holding member 811 is returned to the raised position. In the extraction container 9 in the inverted posture, the neck portion 90b and the lid unit 91 are located on the lower side.
　Ｓ１７では透過式のコーヒー液抽出を行い、カップＣにコーヒー飲料を送出する。ここでは、切替弁１０ａを切り替えて注ぎ部１０ｃと操作ユニット８１Ｃの通路部８１０ａとを連通させる。また、弁９０３、９１３をいずれも開状態とする。更に、電磁弁７３ｂを所定時間（例えば１００００ｍｓ）開放し、抽出容器９内を所定気圧（例えば１．７気圧（ゲージ圧で０．７気圧））にする。抽出容器９内において、コーヒー液がお湯に溶け込んだコーヒー飲料が蓋ユニット９１に設けたフィルタを透過してカップＣに送出される。フィルタは挽き豆の残渣が漏出することを規制する。以上により抽出処理が終了する。 In step S17, a permeation type coffee liquid extraction is performed, and the coffee beverage is delivered to the cup C. Here, the switching valve 10a is switched so that the pouring section 10c communicates with the passage section 810a of the operation unit 81C. Further, both the valves 903 and 913 are opened. Further, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 10,000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is set to a predetermined pressure (for example, 1.7 atm (0.7 atm in gauge pressure)). In the extraction container 9, the coffee beverage in which the coffee liquid is dissolved in hot water passes through the filter provided in the lid unit 91 and is sent to the cup C. The filter regulates the leakage of ground bean residues. Thus, the extraction process ends.
　本実施形態では、Ｓ１４での浸漬式の抽出とＳ１７での透過式の抽出とを併用することによりコーヒー液の抽出効率を向上できる。抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が胴部９０ｅから底部９０ｆに渡って堆積する。一方、抽出容器９が倒立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が肩部９０ｄからネック部９０ｂに渡って堆積する。ネック部９０ｂの断面積よりも胴部９０ｅの断面積の方が大きく、倒立姿勢での挽き豆の堆積厚さは正立姿勢での堆積厚さよりも厚くなる。つまり、挽き豆は抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態では相対的に薄く、広く堆積し、倒立姿勢の状態では相対的に厚く、狭く堆積する。 In the present embodiment, the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved by using both the immersion extraction in S14 and the transmission extraction in S17. When the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, the ground beans are deposited from the body 90e to the bottom 90f. On the other hand, when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, the ground beans are deposited from the shoulder 90d to the neck 90b. The cross-sectional area of the trunk portion 90e is larger than the cross-sectional area of the neck portion 90b, and the accumulation thickness of the ground beans in the inverted posture is larger than that in the upright posture. That is, the ground beans are relatively thin and widely accumulated when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, and relatively thick and narrowly accumulated when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture.
　本実施形態の場合、Ｓ１４の浸漬式抽出は抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態で行われるので、お湯と挽き豆とを広範囲にわたって接触させることができ、コーヒー液の抽出効率を向上できる。但し、この場合はお湯と挽き豆とが部分的に接触する傾向にある。一方、Ｓ１７の透過式抽出は抽出容器９が倒立姿勢の状態で行われるので、お湯がより多くの挽き豆と接触しながら堆積した挽き豆を通過することになる。お湯がより万遍なく挽き豆と接触することになり、コーヒー液の抽出効率を更に向上することができる。 In the case of the present embodiment, since the immersion extraction in S14 is performed in a state where the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, hot water and ground beans can be brought into wide contact with each other, and the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved. However, in this case, the hot water and the ground beans tend to partially contact. On the other hand, since the permeation extraction in S17 is performed in a state where the extraction container 9 is in an inverted posture, the hot water passes through the accumulated ground beans while contacting more ground beans. The hot water comes into contact with the ground beans more evenly, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be further improved.
　図１１（Ａ）に戻り、Ｓ３の抽出処理の後は、Ｓ４の排出処理を行う。ここでは抽出容器９内の清掃に関する処理を行う。抽出容器９の清掃は、抽出容器９を倒立姿勢から正立姿勢に戻し、抽出容器９に水道水（浄水）を供給することで行う。そして、抽出容器９内を加圧し、抽出容器９内の水を挽き豆の残渣と共に廃棄タンクＴへ排出する。 に Returning to FIG. 11A, after the extraction processing in S3, the discharging processing in S4 is performed. Here, processing related to cleaning of the inside of the extraction container 9 is performed. The cleaning of the extraction container 9 is performed by returning the extraction container 9 from the inverted posture to the upright posture and supplying tap water (purified water) to the extraction container 9. Then, the pressure in the extraction container 9 is increased, and the water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T together with the residue of the ground beans.
　以上により一回のコーヒー飲料製造処理が終了する。以降、同様の処理が製造指示毎に繰り返される。一回のコーヒー飲料の製造に要する時間は、例えば、６０～９０秒程度である。 に よ り One coffee beverage manufacturing process is completed. Thereafter, the same processing is repeated for each manufacturing instruction. The time required for one production of a coffee beverage is, for example, about 60 to 90 seconds.
　＜７．装置構成についての小括＞
　上述のとおり、飲料製造装置１は、豆処理装置２および抽出装置３を製造部として備え、より詳細には、豆処理装置２は、貯留装置４及び粉砕装置５を含み、抽出装置３は、流体供給ユニット７、駆動ユニット８、抽出容器９及び切替ユニット１０を含む（図２、図３等参照）。粉砕装置５は、一杯分の焙煎コーヒー豆を貯留装置４から受け取り、グラインダ５Ａ及び５Ｂにより二段階の豆挽きを行う。このとき、挽き豆からチャフ等の不要物が分離装置６により分離される。該挽き豆が抽出容器９に投入された後、流体供給ユニット７による抽出容器９への注湯、駆動ユニット８による抽出容器９の姿勢の反転、切替ユニット１０による抽出容器９からカップＣへの液体の送出等を経て、一杯分の飲料が提供される。 <7. Summary of Equipment Configuration>
As described above, the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes the bean processing device 2 and the extraction device 3 as a manufacturing unit. More specifically, the bean processing device 2 includes the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5, and the extraction device 3 includes: It includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10 (see FIGS. 2 and 3). The crushing device 5 receives one cup of roasted coffee beans from the storage device 4 and performs two-stage bean grinding by the grinders 5A and 5B. At this time, unnecessary materials such as chaff are separated from the ground beans by the separation device 6. After the ground beans are put into the extraction container 9, the fluid supply unit 7 pours the water into the extraction container 9, the driving unit 8 reverses the posture of the extraction container 9, and the switching unit 10 switches the extraction container 9 to the cup C. After delivery of a liquid or the like, a beverage for one cup is provided.
　上記製造部の一部は、全体が透過部である透明カバーとして構成されたカバー部１０２により覆われており、ユーザ（例えば装置１の管理者、飲料の需要者等）が装置１外部から視認可能となっている。本実施形態においては、上記製造部のうち、貯留装置４の一部である複数のキャニスタ４０が露出され、他の要素は実質的にハウジング１００内に収容されているものとするが、他の実施形態として、製造部の全部はハウジング１００内に収容されていてもよい。換言すると、カバー部１０２は、製造部の少なくとも一部を覆うように設けられればよい。 A part of the manufacturing unit is covered by a cover unit 102 configured as a transparent cover that is a transparent unit as a whole, so that a user (for example, an administrator of the apparatus 1 or a user of a beverage) can visually recognize the apparatus from outside the apparatus 1. It is possible. In the present embodiment, in the manufacturing section, the plurality of canisters 40 that are a part of the storage device 4 are exposed, and other elements are substantially housed in the housing 100. In an embodiment, the entire manufacturing unit may be housed in the housing 100. In other words, the cover unit 102 may be provided to cover at least a part of the manufacturing unit.
　製造部の少なくとも一部がカバー部１０２により装置１外部から視認可能に覆われていることで、例えば、ユーザが装置１の管理者の場合には、該管理者は飲料の製造準備と共に装置の動作点検を行うことも可能な場合がある。ユーザが飲料の購入者の場合には、該購入者は飲料に対する期待感を高めながら該飲料の製造完了を待機可能な場合がある。例えば、抽出装置３の抽出容器９がカバー部１０２を介して装置１外部から視認可能であり、飲料を製造する幾つかのプロセスのうちユーザにとって比較的関心度の高い抽出工程が観察可能である。駆動ユニット８は抽出容器９の姿勢を変化させる姿勢変化ユニットとして作用し、前述のとおり、抽出容器９は、製造部において上下反転が可能な可動部分となっている。よって、この抽出容器９の反転動作は、ユーザの興味を比較的惹きやすく、これをユーザにより観察可能とすることで、ユーザを楽しませることが可能な場合がある。 Since at least a part of the production unit is covered by the cover unit 102 so as to be visible from the outside of the apparatus 1, for example, when the user is an administrator of the apparatus 1, the administrator may prepare the beverage and prepare the beverage. In some cases, an operation check can be performed. If the user is a purchaser of the beverage, the purchaser may be able to wait for the completion of the production of the beverage while increasing the expectation of the beverage. For example, the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 is visible from the outside of the device 1 via the cover unit 102, and among several processes for producing beverages, an extraction step that is relatively interesting to the user can be observed. . The drive unit 8 acts as a posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container 9, and as described above, the extraction container 9 is a movable part that can be turned upside down in the manufacturing unit. Therefore, the reversing operation of the extraction container 9 is relatively easy to attract the user's interest, and the user can be entertained by making this observable by the user in some cases.
　一方、飲料製造装置１により提供される飲料の一層の品質向上のため、例えば、プロセスの改善、それを実現するための装置１の構成面、制御面等、多様な側面での改善も求められる。一例として、装置１が備える一部の要素に変更を加えることが挙げられる。以下では、図１２～図１４を参照しながら、図３の水タンク７２として機能可能な送液量調節装置７２０の例を述べる。 On the other hand, in order to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, for example, an improvement in various aspects such as an improvement in a process and a configuration aspect and a control aspect of the apparatus 1 for realizing the process is also required. . As an example, changing some elements included in the device 1 can be mentioned. Hereinafter, an example of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 that can function as the water tank 72 of FIG. 3 will be described with reference to FIGS.
　＜８．送液量調節装置の構成例＞
　図１２は、送液量調節装置７２０の概要図を示す。また、図１３は、図１２のＩＶ－ＩＶ線断面図及び別例の断面図（構成例ＥＸ３１）を示す。送液量調節装置７２０は、水タンク７２と同様、コーヒー飲料を構成するお湯（水）を蓄積するタンクであるとともに、一定量のお湯を送出する機能を有する装置である。これにより、一杯分のコーヒー飲料に必要なお湯を順次送出することが可能であり、その際のお湯の量を変更することも可能である。以下の説明において、水タンク７２に関連する構成と同じ機能を有する構成については、同じ符号を付している。 <8. Configuration Example of Liquid Feeding Volume Control Device>
FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720. FIG. 13 shows a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV of FIG. 12 and a cross-sectional view of another example (configuration example EX31). Like the water tank 72, the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 is a tank that stores hot water (water) that constitutes a coffee beverage, and is a device that has a function of sending a fixed amount of hot water. Thereby, it is possible to sequentially send out hot water necessary for one cup of coffee beverage, and it is also possible to change the amount of hot water at that time. In the following description, components having the same functions as the components related to the water tank 72 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
　送液量調節装置７２０は、お湯を蓄積するタンク７２０ａを有する。タンク７２０ａの外壁は、周壁７２１、周壁７２１の上端部に接合された上壁７２３、及び、周壁７２１の下端部に接合された底壁７２４を含み、図１３の断面図に示すようにタンク７２０ａは全体として円筒形状を有している。タンク７２０ａ内には仕切壁７２２が設けられており、その内部空間が仕切壁７２２によって、外側の円筒状の空間７２５と、内側の円柱状の空間７２６Ａとに区画されている。本例の場合、仕切壁７２２は周壁７２１と同心に配置された円筒形状の壁体であるが、図１３の構成例ＥＸ３１に示すように仕切壁７２２が周壁７２１に対して偏心していてもよい。 液 The liquid sending amount adjusting device 720 has a tank 720a for storing hot water. The outer wall of the tank 720a includes a peripheral wall 721, an upper wall 723 joined to an upper end of the peripheral wall 721, and a bottom wall 724 joined to a lower end of the peripheral wall 721. As shown in the sectional view of FIG. Has a cylindrical shape as a whole. A partition wall 722 is provided in the tank 720a, and the internal space is partitioned by the partition wall 722 into an outer cylindrical space 725 and an inner cylindrical space 726A. In the case of this example, the partition wall 722 is a cylindrical wall concentrically arranged with the peripheral wall 721, but the partition wall 722 may be eccentric with respect to the peripheral wall 721 as shown in a configuration example EX31 of FIG. .
　空間７２５はお湯を貯留する貯留部を構成する。空間７２５のことを貯留部７２５とも呼ぶ。空間７２６Ａの上部には可動部材７２７ｃが配置され、その下部の空間７２６はお湯を貯留する貯留部を構成する。空間７２６のことを貯留部７２６とも呼ぶ。貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とを共通の壁体である仕切壁７２２で仕切ることにより、別々の壁体で区画するよりも、タンク７２０ａの小型化が可能となる。 Space 725 constitutes a storage unit for storing hot water. The space 725 is also called a storage unit 725. A movable member 727c is arranged above the space 726A, and the space 726 below the movable member 727c forms a storage unit for storing hot water. The space 726 is also called a storage unit 726. By partitioning the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 by a partition wall 722 which is a common wall, the size of the tank 720a can be reduced as compared with the case where the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 are separated by separate walls.
　貯留部７２５には、貯留部７２５内の水を加温するヒーター７２ａ及び水の温度を計測する温度センサ７２ｂが設けられている。ヒーター７２ａは、温度センサ７２ｂの検出結果に基づいて、蓄積されるお湯の温度を所定の温度（ここでは摂氏１２０度）に維持する。ヒーター７２ａは、例えばお湯の温度が摂氏１１８度でＯＮとされ、摂氏１２０度でＯＦＦとされる。 The storage section 725 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the storage section 725 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (here, 120 degrees Celsius) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. The heater 72a is turned on when, for example, the temperature of hot water is 118 degrees Celsius, and is turned off when the temperature is 120 degrees Celsius.
　上壁７２３のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、リザーブタンク７１（図３参照）内の気圧が供給される配管が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｆが設けられている。送液量調節装置７２０は、貯留部７２５内の気圧を検出するセンサ（不図示。例えば図３の圧力センサ７２ｇに相当するセンサ。）を備え、電磁弁７２ｆは、調圧弁７２ｅ（図３参照）で調圧された気圧の貯留部７２５への供給と遮断とを切り替える。電磁弁７２ｆは、貯留部７２５への水道水（浄水）の供給時を除き、貯留部７２５内の気圧が３気圧に維持されるように開閉制御される。 配 管 A pipe that supplies the air pressure in the reserve tank 71 (see FIG. 3) is connected to a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage section 725, and a solenoid valve 72f is provided here. The liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 includes a sensor (not shown; for example, a sensor corresponding to the pressure sensor 72g in FIG. 3) for detecting the atmospheric pressure in the storage section 725, and the electromagnetic valve 72f includes a pressure regulating valve 72e (see FIG. 3). ) Is switched between supply and cutoff of the pressure adjusted in the storage section 725. The solenoid valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the pressure in the storage unit 725 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water (purified water) is supplied to the storage unit 725.
　上壁７２３のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、また、貯留部７２５を大気に連通させる配管が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｈが設けられている。貯留部７２５への水道水の供給時には、水道水の水圧によって貯留部７２５に円滑に水道水が補給されるように、電磁弁７２ｈにより貯留部７２５の気圧を２．５気圧未満に減圧する。電磁弁７２ｈは水タンク７２内を大気に解放するか否かを切り替え、減圧時には貯留部７２５内を大気に解放する。また、電磁弁７２ｈは貯留部７２５への水道水の供給時以外に、貯留部７２５内の気圧が３気圧を超える場合に貯留部７２５を大気に解放し、貯留部７２５を３気圧に維持する。 配 管 A portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage section 725 is connected to a pipe that connects the storage section 725 to the atmosphere, and is provided with a solenoid valve 72h. When supplying tap water to the storage section 725, the pressure of the storage section 725 is reduced to less than 2.5 atm by the solenoid valve 72h so that tap water is smoothly supplied to the storage section 725 by the water pressure of the tap water. The electromagnetic valve 72h switches whether or not to release the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the storage unit 725 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. Also, the solenoid valve 72h releases the storage unit 725 to the atmosphere and maintains the storage unit 725 at 3 atm when the air pressure in the storage unit 725 exceeds 3 atm other than when tap water is supplied to the storage unit 725. .
　底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、貯留部７２５に水道水を供給する配管Ｌ２が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｄが設けられている。電磁弁７２ｄは、後述する水位センサ７２ｃの検出結果に基づき開閉制御され、貯留部７２５内のお湯の水位を制御する。 配 管 A pipe L2 for supplying tap water to the storage unit 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage unit 725, and a solenoid valve 72d is provided here. The solenoid valve 72d is controlled to open and close based on a detection result of a water level sensor 72c described later, and controls the water level of hot water in the storage unit 725.
　底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分には、また、貯留部７２５内のお湯を排出する配管Ｌ２’が接続されており、ここには電磁弁７２ｄ’が設けられている。電磁弁７２ｄ’は、貯留部７２５内のお湯を廃棄する場合に開放され、貯留部７２５内のお湯が配管Ｌ２’へ排出される。 A portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725 is connected to a pipe L2 'for discharging hot water from the storage portion 725, and is provided with an electromagnetic valve 72d'. The solenoid valve 72d 'is opened when the hot water in the storage section 725 is discarded, and the hot water in the storage section 725 is discharged to the pipe L2'.
　貯留部７２６は、可動部材７２７ｃの移動により、その容積が変更可能な空間である。貯留部７２６には、配管７２８ａ、電磁弁７２８及び配管７２８ｂを介して貯留部７２５からお湯が供給される。配管７２８ａは、底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２５を画定する部分と電磁弁７２８との間を接続する。配管７２８ｂは、底壁７２４のうち、貯留部７２６を画定する部分と電磁弁７２８との間を接続する。 The storage section 726 is a space whose volume can be changed by the movement of the movable member 727c. Hot water is supplied to the storage unit 726 from the storage unit 725 via a pipe 728a, an electromagnetic valve 728, and a pipe 728b. The pipe 728 a connects between the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage section 725 and the solenoid valve 728. The pipe 728 b connects between the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage section 726 and the solenoid valve 728.
　図１２の例においては、電磁弁７２８は、三方向弁であり、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとの連通及び遮断の切り替えと、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断の切り替えとを行うことができる。また、電磁弁７２８はいずれの配管同士も遮断することも可能である。配管７２８ｃは、貯留部７２６内のお湯を抽出容器９へ送出するための配管である。 In the example of FIG. 12, the electromagnetic valve 728 is a three-way valve, and can perform switching between communication and disconnection between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and switching between communication and disconnection between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. . In addition, the solenoid valve 728 can also shut off any of the pipes. The pipe 728c is a pipe for sending out hot water in the storage unit 726 to the extraction container 9.
　配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとの連通及び遮断とを切り替えることにより、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６との連通と遮断とを切り替えることができる。配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断とを切り替えることにより、貯留部７２６内のお湯の送出と貯留とを切り替えることができる。 By switching between communication and blocking between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a, communication and blocking between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726 can be switched. By switching between the communication between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c and the cutoff, it is possible to switch between sending and storing hot water in the storage section 726.
　電磁弁７２８は、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを連通している場合、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを遮断する。逆に、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通している場合、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを遮断する。図中の電磁弁７２８に示す矢印は、電磁弁７２８の動作状態を示しており、図１２の例の場合、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通し、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを遮断している状態を示している。 The solenoid valve 728 shuts off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a communicate with each other. Conversely, when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c communicate with each other, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are shut off. The arrow indicated by the solenoid valve 728 in the figure indicates the operation state of the solenoid valve 728. In the case of the example of FIG. 12, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are connected, and the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are shut off. The state is shown.
　尚、ここでは、電磁弁７２８を三方向弁とすることで、一つの電磁弁７２８により、これらの切り替えを行うように構成した。しかし、配管７２８ｂを二つに分け、一方の配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁と、他方の配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁と、を設けた構成も採用可能である。 Here, the electromagnetic valve 728 is configured to be a three-way valve, and one electromagnetic valve 728 is used to switch between them. However, a configuration is also adopted in which the pipe 728b is divided into two, and a valve that switches between communication and blocking between the one pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and a valve that switches communication and blocking between the other pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are employed. It is possible.
　送液量調節装置７２０は、駆動ユニット７２７を備える。駆動ユニット７２７は、貯留部７２６から送出する湯量に対応して制御され、貯留部７２６の容積を変化させる。コーヒーカップのサイズに応じて、一杯分の必要湯量が異なる。駆動ユニット７２７は、こうしたコーヒーカップのサイズ等に対応して適切な湯量が貯留部７２６から送出されるように、貯留部７２６の容積を調節する。 液 The liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 includes a drive unit 727. The drive unit 727 is controlled in accordance with the amount of hot water sent from the storage unit 726, and changes the volume of the storage unit 726. The required amount of hot water for one cup varies depending on the size of the coffee cup. The drive unit 727 adjusts the volume of the storage unit 726 so that an appropriate amount of hot water is sent from the storage unit 726 according to the size of the coffee cup and the like.
　駆動ユニット７２７は、可動部材７２７ｃを上下に移動させることで貯留部７２６の容積を変化させる機構である。可動部材７２７ｃは空間７２６Ａに挿入され、上下方向にスライドするように構成されたピストン状の部材であり、その底面７２７ｄが貯留部７２６の上側の壁体を構成する。この観点で、可動部材７２７ｃはピストンユニット等と称され、空間７２６Ａはシリンダユニット等と称されてもよい。底面７２７ｄの昇降により、貯留部７２６の容積が変化することになる。 The drive unit 727 is a mechanism that changes the volume of the storage unit 726 by moving the movable member 727c up and down. The movable member 727c is a piston-shaped member that is inserted into the space 726A and is configured to slide vertically, and the bottom surface 727d forms an upper wall of the storage unit 726. In this respect, the movable member 727c may be called a piston unit or the like, and the space 726A may be called a cylinder unit or the like. As the bottom 727d moves up and down, the volume of the storage section 726 changes.
　なお、貯留部７２６の容積は、本例のようにその上側の壁体の位置を移動することにより変化させるのではなく、下側や側部の壁体の位置を移動させることにより変化させることも可能である。 In addition, the volume of the storage part 726 is not changed by moving the position of the upper wall body as in this example, but is changed by moving the position of the lower or side wall body. Is also possible.
　可動部材７２７ｃは、仕切壁７２２の内面とシールを構成するシール部材（不図示）を含み、仕切壁７２２の内面を液密に摺動する。但し、可動部材７２７ｃの周面には上下方向に延びる溝７２７ｅが形成されており、溝７２７ｅにおいて、仕切壁７２２の内面と隙間を有している。 The movable member 727c includes a sealing member (not shown) that forms a seal with the inner surface of the partition wall 722, and slides the inner surface of the partition wall 722 in a liquid-tight manner. However, a groove 727e extending in the vertical direction is formed on the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c, and the groove 727e has a gap with the inner surface of the partition wall 722.
　この溝７２７ｅは、仕切壁７２２を厚み方向に貫通する開口７２２ａと連通するように形成されている。開口７２２ａは、貯留部７２５のお湯の最高水位（後述するセンサ７３１ｂの位置）よりも上側の位置に形成されており、貯留部７２５と空間７２６Ａとを連通させる空気連通部である。開口７２２ａ及び溝７２７ｅを介して、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とで空気が連通し、これらの空間内の気圧は同じとなる。なお、貯留部７２５及び７２６を常時大気圧とする場合は、大気に連通する通路を個別に設けてもよい。 溝 The groove 727e is formed so as to communicate with an opening 722a penetrating the partition wall 722 in the thickness direction. The opening 722a is formed at a position above the highest water level of the hot water in the storage portion 725 (the position of a sensor 731b described later), and is an air communication portion that allows the storage portion 725 to communicate with the space 726A. Air is communicated between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 through the opening 722a and the groove 727e, and the air pressure in these spaces becomes the same. When the storage units 725 and 726 are always kept at atmospheric pressure, a passage communicating with the atmosphere may be separately provided.
　駆動ユニット７２７は、駆動源として上壁７２３に支持されたモータ７２７ａを含み、また、可動部材７２７ｃを移動する移動機構としてネジ軸７２７ｂを含む。ネジ軸７２７ｂは上下方向に延設され、モータ７２７ａの駆動力により回転する。可動部材７２７ｃは、その上面に開口したネジ穴７２７ｆを有しており、このネジ穴７２７ｆにネジ軸７２７ｂが係合している。可動部材７２７ｃは不図示の回り止めがなされており、ネジ軸７２７ｂの回転により上下方向に移動する。回り止めは、例えば、仕切壁７２２の内面と可動部材７２７ｃの周面に設けた、上下方向に延びる凹部と凸部であってもよい。 The drive unit 727 includes a motor 727a supported on the upper wall 723 as a drive source, and includes a screw shaft 727b as a moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c. The screw shaft 727b extends vertically and rotates by the driving force of the motor 727a. The movable member 727c has a screw hole 727f opened on the upper surface thereof, and the screw shaft 727b is engaged with the screw hole 727f. The movable member 727c is provided with a detent (not shown), and moves in a vertical direction by rotation of the screw shaft 727b. The detent may be, for example, a concave portion and a convex portion which are provided on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 and the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c and extend in the up-down direction.
　ここでは、可動部材７２７ｃを移動させる移動機構として、ネジ軸７２７ｂとネジ穴７２７ｆとからなるネジ機構を用いたが、これに限られず、ラック－ピニオン機構等、他の機構も採用可能である。 Here, as the moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c, a screw mechanism including the screw shaft 727b and the screw hole 727f is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and another mechanism such as a rack-pinion mechanism can be adopted.
　水位センサ７２ｃは、貯留部７２５のお湯の水位を測定する測定ユニットである。水位センサ７２ｃは、上下に延びる中空円柱状の貯留部７２９と、貯留部７２９内に設けられたフロート７３０と、フロート７３０を検知する下側のセンサ７３１ａ及び上側のセンサ７３１ｂとを含む。 The water level sensor 72c is a measurement unit that measures the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725. The water level sensor 72c includes a vertically extending hollow cylindrical storage portion 729, a float 730 provided in the storage portion 729, a lower sensor 731a for detecting the float 730, and an upper sensor 731b.
　貯留部７２９は、センサ７３１ａよりも下側の位置の連通部７２９ａで貯留部７２５と連通し、かつ、センサ７３１ｂよりも上側の位置の連通部７２９ｂで貯留部７２５と連通している。貯留部７２５のお湯は連通部７２９ａを介して貯留部７２９へ流入する。連通部７２９ｂは、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２９とを連通させる空気連通部であり、連通部７２９ｂを介して貯留部７２５と貯留部７２９とで空気が連通する。したがって、貯留部７２９のお湯の水位は貯留部７２５のお湯の水位と等しくなる。 The storage section 729 communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729a below the sensor 731a, and communicates with the storage section 725 at a communication section 729b above the sensor 731b. The hot water in the storage section 725 flows into the storage section 729 via the communication section 729a. The communication part 729b is an air communication part that connects the storage part 725 and the storage part 729, and air is communicated between the storage part 725 and the storage part 729 via the communication part 729b. Therefore, the water level of the hot water in storage section 729 is equal to the water level of the hot water in storage section 725.
　本例の場合、貯留部７２９は、ガラスやアクリルなど、透過性を有する部材で構成される。これにより、貯留部７２９のお湯の水位を外部から視認可能であり、その結果、貯留部７２５のお湯の水位をユーザが確認できることになる。無論、貯留部７２５の周壁（７２１）の一部に透過部を設けてその水位を視認可能とする構成も採用可能である。 場合 In the case of this example, the storage section 729 is formed of a transparent member such as glass or acrylic. Thereby, the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 729 can be visually recognized from the outside, and as a result, the user can check the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725. Of course, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a transmission part is provided in a part of the peripheral wall (721) of the storage part 725 so that the water level can be visually recognized.
　フロート７３０は貯留部７２９内において、お湯に浮かぶものであればどのようなものでもよい。 The float 730 may be of any type as long as it floats in hot water in the storage section 729.
　センサ７３１ａ及び７３１ｂは、例えば、光センサ（フォトインタラプタ）であり、フロート７３０を貯留部７２９の外部から検知する。センサ７３１ａによりフロート７３０が検知されると、電磁弁７２ｄを開放して貯留部７２５へ水が供給される。つまり、センサ７３１ａは貯留部７２５のお湯の水位の下限を監視する。水位の下限はヒーター７２ａよりも高い位置に設定されており、ヒーター７２ａによる空焚きを防止できる。 The sensors 731a and 731b are, for example, optical sensors (photo interrupters), and detect the float 730 from outside the storage unit 729. When the float 730 is detected by the sensor 731a, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened to supply water to the storage section 725. That is, the sensor 731a monitors the lower limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725. The lower limit of the water level is set at a position higher than that of the heater 72a, and it is possible to prevent empty heating by the heater 72a.
　センサ７３１ｂによりフロート７３０が検知されると、電磁弁７２ｄを閉鎖して貯留部７２５への水の供給を停止する。つまり、センサ７３１ｂは貯留部７２５のお湯の水位の上限を監視する。 と When the float 730 is detected by the sensor 731b, the electromagnetic valve 72d is closed to stop the supply of water to the storage section 725. That is, the sensor 731b monitors the upper limit of the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725.
　水位センサ７２ｃと同等の構成を貯留部７２５の内部に構築することも可能である。しかし、本例のように、貯留部７２５の外部に水位センサ７２ｃを構築することで、外部から貯留部７２５の水位を確認し易くなる。 構成 A configuration equivalent to the water level sensor 72c can be constructed inside the storage unit 725. However, by constructing the water level sensor 72c outside the storage unit 725 as in this example, it is easy to check the water level of the storage unit 725 from outside.
　次に、図１４を参照して送液量調節装置７２０の動作例について説明する。まず、カップサイズ等に応じて、駆動ユニット７２７により貯留部７２６の容積が調節される。状態ＳＴ６１はその様子を示している。同図の例では、可動部材７２７ｃが降下し、貯留部７２６の容積が図１３の例よりも小さい容積にセットされている。電磁弁７２８は配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通しており、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へお湯は供給されない。 Next, with reference to FIG. 14, an operation example of the liquid sending amount adjusting device 720 will be described. First, the volume of the storage section 726 is adjusted by the drive unit 727 according to the cup size and the like. State ST61 shows this state. In the example of FIG. 13, the movable member 727c descends, and the volume of the storage section 726 is set to a smaller volume than the example of FIG. The solenoid valve 728 communicates the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and hot water is not supplied from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726.
　貯留部７２６の容積がセットされると駆動ユニット７２７を停止し、電磁弁７２８により配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ａとを連通させる。貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とは気圧が同じであり、貯留部７２６はタンク７２０ａの底部側にある。このため、貯留部７２５のお湯の水頭圧により、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へお湯が供給される。本例の場合、貯留部７２５のお湯の最低水位（センサ７３１ａの位置）よりも低い位置に形成されているため、貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６とで常に水頭差が生じている（貯留部７２５のお湯の方が高い）。したがって、貯留部７２６が満杯になるまで貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へお湯が供給される。状態ＳＴ６２は貯留部７２６が満杯になった状態を示している。溝７２７ｃにもお湯は進入するが、溝７２７ｃは空気の連通を確保できる程度の容積で足り、極小量とすることができる。 と When the volume of the storage section 726 is set, the drive unit 727 is stopped, and the solenoid valve 728 connects the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a. The storage section 725 and the storage section 726 have the same atmospheric pressure, and the storage section 726 is on the bottom side of the tank 720a. Therefore, hot water is supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 by the head pressure of the hot water in the storage unit 725. In the case of this example, since the water level is formed at a position lower than the lowest water level of the storage unit 725 (the position of the sensor 731a), a head difference always occurs between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726 (the storage unit 725). Hot water is higher). Therefore, hot water is supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 until the storage unit 726 is full. The state ST62 indicates a state where the storage unit 726 is full. Hot water also enters the groove 727c, but the groove 727c needs only a volume enough to secure air communication, and can be minimized.
　本例の場合、貯留部７２６にはヒーター７２ａを設けていないが、貯留部７２６は貯留部７２５に囲まれているので、貯留されるお湯の保温性能を確保することができる。なお、状態ＳＴ６２において駆動ユニット７２７によって貯留部７２６の容積を変化させてもよい。 In the case of this example, the heater 72a is not provided in the storage unit 726, but since the storage unit 726 is surrounded by the storage unit 725, the heat retaining performance of the stored hot water can be ensured. In the state ST62, the volume of the storage section 726 may be changed by the drive unit 727.
　貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へのお湯の供給は、他の方式も可能であるが、本例では貯留部７２５と貯留部７２６との水頭差を利用することで比較的単純な構成でお湯を供給することができる。 Hot water can be supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 by other methods, but in this example, hot water is supplied in a relatively simple configuration by using the head difference between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726. Can be supplied.
　次に、貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯を送出する。状態ＳＴ６３に示すように、電磁弁７２８により配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通させることで、配管７２８ｃから抽出容器９へお湯を、自重又は貯留部７２６の気圧で送出することができる。お湯の送出開始後、電磁弁７２８の動作状態を、いずれの配管同士も遮断することで、貯留部７２６のお湯を段階的に送出することも可能である。例えば、蒸らし工程（図１１（Ｂ）のＳ１１）のために、お湯を送出して中断し、その後、残りのお湯を送出する工程（図１１（Ｂ）のＳ１２）を行うことも可能である。 Next, the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out. As shown in state ST63, by connecting the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c with each other by the electromagnetic valve 728, hot water can be sent from the pipe 728c to the extraction container 9 at its own weight or the pressure of the storage unit 726. After starting the supply of hot water, the operating state of the solenoid valve 728 is shut off for all the pipes, so that the hot water in the storage section 726 can be supplied stepwise. For example, for the steaming step (S11 in FIG. 11 (B)), it is also possible to perform the step of sending out hot water and interrupting it, and then send out the remaining hot water (S12 in FIG. 11 (B)). .
　いずれにしても、貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯は全量を送出する。全量の送出確認は電磁弁７２８の開時間（配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通時間）で行うことができる。貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯を一回送出する度に、制御弁７２ｄを開放してその分量に見合った水を貯留部７２５に供給してもよい。 In any case, the entire amount of hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out. The transmission confirmation of the entire amount can be performed by the opening time of the electromagnetic valve 728 (communication time between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c). Each time the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out once, the control valve 72d may be opened to supply water corresponding to the amount to the storage unit 725.
　上述の例によれば、お湯の送出量を調節することができる。液体の送出量の調節には、一般には、流量センサを用いてその検知結果により弁を開閉する制御が用いられる。しかし、高温の液体や特殊な液体の場合、対応可能な流量センサが市販されていないか高価な場合がある。これに対し、上述の例によれば、貯留部７２６の容積を調節する方式を採用することで流量センサを必要とせずにお湯の送出量を調節できる。 According to the above example, the amount of hot water to be sent can be adjusted. In general, control for opening and closing the valve based on the detection result using a flow rate sensor is used for adjusting the amount of liquid to be delivered. However, in the case of a high-temperature liquid or a special liquid, a corresponding flow sensor may not be commercially available or may be expensive. On the other hand, according to the above-described example, by adopting the method of adjusting the volume of the storage section 726, the amount of hot water to be sent can be adjusted without the need for a flow rate sensor.
　＜９．送液量調整装置を用いた場合の動作制御例＞
　上記送液量調節装置７２０を用いることにより、例えば、製造プロセスの一部を変更して飲料製造装置１により提供される飲料の一層の品質向上を図ることも可能となる。以下では、制御装置１１の処理部１１ａ（図１０参照）が実行する装置１の制御処理の一例を、図１５を参照しながら説明する。尚、以下において省略される説明については、前述の図１１（Ａ）及び図１１（Ｂ）の各ステップ並びに図１２～図１４の送液量調節装置７２０の動作内容を参照されたい。 <9. Example of operation control using liquid supply amount adjusting device>
By using the liquid sending amount adjusting device 720, for example, a part of the manufacturing process can be changed to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing device 1. Hereinafter, an example of control processing of the device 1 executed by the processing unit 11a (see FIG. 10) of the control device 11 will be described with reference to FIG. For the description omitted below, refer to the above-described steps in FIGS. 11A and 11B and the operation contents of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 in FIGS. 12 to 14.
　図１５は、一回のコーヒー飲料製造動作に関わる制御例を示している。先ず、予熱処理Ｓ１は、少なくとも２回の加熱工程Ｓ１０１及びＳ１０２に分けられる（図１１（Ａ）のＳ１との区別のため、Ｓ１’とする。）。 FIG. 15 shows a control example relating to one coffee beverage production operation. First, the pre-heat treatment S1 is divided into at least two heating steps S101 and S102 (referred to as S1 'for distinction from S1 in FIG. 11A).
　Ｓ１０１は、抽出容器９（容器本体９０）内にお湯を注ぎ、抽出容器９を事前に加温する処理である。先ず、電磁弁７２８を制御して配管７２８ａと配管７２８ｂとを連通させ、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６に少量のお湯を移動させる。その後、電磁弁７２８を制御して配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを連通させ、配管Ｌ３を介して貯留部７２６のお湯を抽出容器９に送出する。続いて、電磁弁７３を制御して抽出容器９内を加圧し、抽出容器９内のお湯を廃棄タンクＴに排出する。 Step S101 is a process of pouring hot water into the extraction container 9 (the container main body 90) and heating the extraction container 9 in advance. First, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to make the pipe 728a communicate with the pipe 728b, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726. Thereafter, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to make the pipe 728b communicate with the pipe 728c, and the hot water in the storage unit 726 is sent out to the extraction container 9 via the pipe L3. Subsequently, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized by controlling the electromagnetic valve 73, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T.
　Ｓ１０１により、抽出容器９の内部及び配管Ｌ２～Ｌ３が予熱され、後述の各工程における飲料の製造の間にお湯が冷めることを防ぐことができる。また、Ｓ１０１を行うことにより、前回ないし過去の抽出の際に生じた流路中の残渣（液体の残り等）を洗い流すことも可能な場合がある。 By S101, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are preheated, and it is possible to prevent the hot water from cooling during the production of the beverage in each step described later. In addition, by performing S101, it may be possible to wash away the residue (liquid residue or the like) in the flow channel generated during the previous or previous extraction.
　Ｓ１０２は、貯留部７２５及び７２６で生成された蒸気を容器本体９０内に供給し、抽出容器９の加熱を行う処理である。この蒸気は、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を減圧して貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯を沸騰させることにより生成可能であり、Ｓ１５（図１１（Ｂ）参照）同様の手順で実現可能である。抽出容器９への蒸気の供給または該蒸気を用いた抽出容器９の加熱が完了した後、電磁弁７２８を制御して配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとを遮断する。 S102 is a process of supplying the steam generated in the storage units 725 and 726 into the container main body 90 and heating the extraction container 9. This steam can be generated by depressurizing the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726, and can be realized by the same procedure as in S15 (see FIG. 11B). After the supply of steam to the extraction container 9 or the heating of the extraction container 9 using the steam is completed, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to shut off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.
　Ｓ１０２を行うことにより、抽出容器９全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。これにより、例えば挽き豆からムラのない液体の抽出を所望の温度で行うことが可能となり、結果として、飲料の品質が向上しうる。また、Ｓ１０２では、貯留部７２５及び７２６の気圧が下がり、その中の液体が沸騰を始めるため、液体を撹拌させて温度を均一化させることもできる。 By performing S102, it is possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container 9. Thereby, for example, it is possible to extract a uniform liquid from the ground beans at a desired temperature, and as a result, the quality of the beverage may be improved. In S102, since the pressure in the storage units 725 and 726 decreases and the liquid in the storage units starts to boil, the liquid can be stirred to make the temperature uniform.
　付随的に、貯留部７２５及び７２６と抽出容器９とを接続する接続部として機能し且つそれらの間の流路を形成する配管Ｌ３についても、Ｓ１０２において、抽出容器９と共に加熱されることとなる。これにより、液体が配管Ｌ３を通過する際に、その液体が冷えてしまうこともない。 In addition, the pipe L3 that functions as a connection part that connects the storage units 725 and 726 and the extraction container 9 and that forms a flow path therebetween is also heated together with the extraction container 9 in S102. . Thus, when the liquid passes through the pipe L3, the liquid does not cool down.
　ここで、前述のとおり、抽出容器９は弁９０３及び９１３を有しており、これらは、上記抽出に用いられる液体としてのお湯、上記抽出により得られる飲料液（本例ではコーヒー液）或いはＳ１０２の加熱に用いられる蒸気についての入口または出口として作用する。本例においては、Ｓ１０２では、蒸気は弁９１３から抽出容器９内に流入し弁９０３から抽出容器９外に流出する。蒸気が弁９１３から抽出容器９内に流入する際、弁９０３は開放しており、これにより、この蒸気が抽出容器９内で液化して液体になった場合には、その液体が抽出容器９内に長時間留まることなく弁９０３から抽出容器９外に流出可能となる。この態様によれば、例えば、後述の各工程により飲料を製造する際に、該飲料の味、風味等が意図せずに薄まってしまうようなこともないため、飲料の高品質化に有利である。 Here, as described above, the extraction container 9 has the valves 903 and 913, which are hot water as a liquid used for the extraction, a beverage obtained by the extraction (a coffee liquid in this example), or S102. Acts as an inlet or outlet for the steam used to heat the air. In this example, in S102, the steam flows into the extraction container 9 from the valve 913 and flows out of the extraction container 9 from the valve 903. When the steam flows from the valve 913 into the extraction container 9, the valve 903 is opened, so that when the vapor is liquefied in the extraction container 9 and becomes a liquid, the liquid is discharged. It is possible to flow out of the extraction container 9 from the valve 903 without staying inside for a long time. According to this aspect, for example, when a beverage is manufactured in each of the steps described below, the taste, flavor, and the like of the beverage are not unintentionally diluted, which is advantageous in improving the quality of the beverage. is there.
　或いは、抽出容器９内を蒸気で充たした後、弁９０３及び９１３の双方を閉鎖した状態にして、この抽出容器９を振動させてもよい。抽出容器９への振動の発生は、中部ユニット８Ｂのモータ８２３及び／又は８２４（図９参照）により実現可能である。内部が蒸気で充たされた抽出容器９に振動を加えることにより、蒸気が抽出容器９内に均一に拡がることとなり、抽出容器９全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。 Alternatively, after filling the inside of the extraction container 9 with steam, both the valves 903 and 913 may be closed and the extraction container 9 may be vibrated. Generation of vibrations in the extraction container 9 can be realized by the motors 823 and / or 824 of the middle unit 8B (see FIG. 9). By applying vibration to the extraction container 9 whose interior is filled with steam, the steam is uniformly spread in the extraction container 9 and the entire extraction container 9 can be uniformly heated.
　尚、上記Ｓ１０２に代替して／付随して、蒸気を用いた抽出容器９の加熱は、Ｓ１０１の前に行われてもよい。即ち、Ｓ１０１及びＳ１０２の実行順序は逆であってもよいし、Ｓ１０２はＳ１０１の前後で計２回行われてもよい。Ｓ１０２をＳ１０１の前に行うことにより、Ｓ１０１において前回ないし過去の抽出の際に生じた残渣を除去し易くなる場合がある。 Alternatively, instead of / in addition to S102, the heating of the extraction container 9 using steam may be performed before S101. That is, the execution order of S101 and S102 may be reversed, and S102 may be performed twice before and after S101. Performing S102 before S101 may make it easier to remove residues generated during previous or previous extraction in S101.
　以上のようにして予熱処理Ｓ１’を行った後、図１１（Ａ）同様の手順でＳ２を行い、続いて抽出処理（図１１（Ａ）のＳ３との区別のため、Ｓ３’とする。）を行う。抽出処理Ｓ３’において、本抽出用注湯Ｓ１２は、少なくとも２回の注湯工程Ｓ１２１及びＳ１２２に分けられる。１回目の注湯であるＳ１２１は、Ｓ１１の後かつＳ１３の前に行われる。その後、図１１（Ｂ）同様の手順でＳ１３～Ｓ１６を行う。 After the pre-heat treatment S1 'is performed as described above, S2 is performed in the same procedure as in FIG. 11A, and subsequently, the extraction process (S3' for distinction from S3 in FIG. 11A). )I do. In the extraction process S3 ', the main pouring step S12 is divided into at least two pouring steps S121 and S122. S121 which is the first pouring is performed after S11 and before S13. After that, S13 to S16 are performed in the same procedure as in FIG.
　ここで、Ｓ１４では、抽出対象である挽き豆が正立姿勢の抽出容器９に比較的薄い堆積厚さで堆積されており、この挽き豆を、Ｓ１２１で供給されたお湯に浸漬することとなる。Ｓ１５で抽出容器９内のお湯を沸騰させ、Ｓ１６で抽出容器９を反転させて倒立姿勢にした後、Ｓ１７の後／Ｓ１７と共に、２回目の注湯であるＳ１２２が行われる。 Here, in S14, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in the upright posture with a relatively small deposition thickness, and the ground beans are immersed in the hot water supplied in S121. . In S15, the hot water in the extraction container 9 is boiled, and in S16, the extraction container 9 is turned over to be in an inverted posture, and then after S17 / S17, the second pouring, S122, is performed.
　図中においては、区別のため、Ｓ１７の後にＳ１２２が行われるよう示されるが、好適には、Ｓ１２２は、Ｓ１７の開始以降、Ｓ１７と略同時に行われる。他の実施形態として、Ｓ１７は、Ｓ１２２の開始以降、Ｓ１２２と略同時に行われてもよい。即ち、Ｓ１２２及びＳ１７は、少なくとも部分的に並行して行われるとよく、例えば注湯兼送出工程等、一つの工程Ｋに纏められてもよい。 In the drawing, for the sake of distinction, S122 is shown to be performed after S17, but preferably, S122 is performed substantially simultaneously with S17 after the start of S17. As another embodiment, S17 may be performed substantially simultaneously with S122 after the start of S122. That is, S122 and S17 may be performed at least partially in parallel, and may be combined into one process K such as, for example, a pouring and sending process.
　前述のとおり、抽出容器９が正立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が胴部９０ｅから底部９０ｆに渡って堆積するのに対して、抽出容器９が倒立姿勢の状態では、挽き豆が肩部９０ｄからネック部９０ｂに渡って堆積する。即ち、抽出容器９は、胴部９０ｅから底部９０ｆにわたる太い部分と、肩部９０ｄからネック部９０ｂにわたる細い部分とを含んでおり、挽き豆は、正立姿勢においては該太い部分に堆積し、倒立姿勢では該細い部分に堆積する。 As described above, when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, the ground beans are deposited from the body 90e to the bottom portion 90f, whereas when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, the ground beans are moved to the shoulder 90d. From the top to the neck 90b. That is, the extraction container 9 includes a thick portion extending from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f and a thin portion extending from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b, and the ground beans are deposited on the thick portion in the upright posture, In the inverted posture, it accumulates on the thin part.
　上記Ｓ１７の透過式抽出の際、抽出容器９は倒立姿勢となっているため、抽出容器９内のお湯は、正立姿勢の場合よりも厚く堆積された挽き豆を通ることにより該挽き豆と万遍なく接触するため、透過式抽出の高効率化を実現可能となる。ここでは、２回目の注湯であるＳ１２２がＳ１７と共に行われるため、抽出容器９は、Ｓ１２１で受け取ったお湯による浸漬式抽出で得られた飲料液を送出しながら、Ｓ１２２により追加的にお湯を受け取ることとなる。そして、Ｓ１２２により抽出容器９に追加的に流入したお湯は、浸漬式抽出には実質的に用いられずに主に透過式抽出に用いられる。このような抽出態様によれば、飲料に透過式抽出独特の味わいを効果的に付与することが可能となり、飲料の高品質化が可能となる。 At the time of the permeation extraction in S17, since the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, the hot water in the extraction container 9 passes through the thicker beans that have been deposited thicker than in the upright posture, and is thus separated from the ground beans. Because of the uniform contact, it is possible to realize high efficiency of the transmission extraction. Here, since S122, which is the second pouring, is performed together with S17, the extraction container 9 sends out the drinking liquid obtained by the immersion-type extraction with the hot water received in S121, and additionally supplies hot water in S122. Will receive. The hot water additionally flowing into the extraction container 9 in S122 is not substantially used for the immersion extraction but is mainly used for the permeation extraction. According to such an extraction mode, it is possible to effectively impart a unique taste of the permeation extraction to the beverage, and it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
　Ｓ１２１での注湯の量とＳ１２２での注湯の量とは、例えばユーザにより設定ないし変更が可能としてもよく、即ち、浸漬式抽出と透過式抽出との割合を調節可能としてもよい。これにより、ユーザの嗜好に応じた品質で飲料を製造することが可能な場合がある。 The amount of pouring in S121 and the amount of pouring in S122 may be set or changed by a user, for example, that is, the ratio between immersion extraction and transmission extraction may be adjustable. As a result, in some cases, it is possible to manufacture a beverage with a quality according to the user's preference.
　図１６（ａ）～１６（ｈ）及び図１７（ｉ）～１７（о）は、送液量調節装置７２０の制御態様を、上述の図１５の各ステップに対応させて説明するための模式図である。理解の容易化のため、以下の説明においては、送液量調節装置７２０の簡易モデルを用いるものとし、三方向弁である電磁弁７２８は、配管７２８ａと配管７２８ｂとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁７２８１と、配管７２８ｂと配管７２８ｃとの連通及び遮断を切り替える弁７２８２と、に区別して示される。 FIGS. 16 (a) to 16 (h) and FIGS. 17 (i) to 17 (о) are schematic diagrams for explaining the control mode of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to each step of FIG. 15 described above. FIG. In order to facilitate understanding, in the following description, a simple model of the liquid supply amount adjusting device 720 will be used, and the solenoid valve 728, which is a three-way valve, is a valve that switches between communication and shutoff between the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b. 7281 and a valve 7282 that switches between communication and disconnection between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.
　図１６（ａ）は、送液量調節装置７２０の初期状態を示しており、飲料製造装置１は、飲料の製造の開始指示を待機している。初期状態においては、図中に模式的に示されるように、弁７２８１及び７２８２は何れも閉鎖されている。 FIG. 16 (a) shows an initial state of the liquid-feeding-amount adjusting device 720, and the beverage production device 1 is waiting for a beverage production start instruction. In the initial state, as schematically shown in the figure, both valves 7281 and 7282 are closed.
　図１６（ｂ）～図１６（ｃ）は、上記Ｓ１０１（少量のお湯を用いた抽出容器９の加熱処理）に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１６（ｂ）の工程では、弁７２８１を開放して、破線矢印で図示されるように、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６に少量のお湯を移動させる。続いて、弁７２８１を閉鎖した後、図１６（ｃ）の工程では、弁７２８２を開放して、破線矢印で図示されるように、貯留部７２６内のお湯を抽出容器９に供給する。これにより、抽出容器９の内部及び配管Ｌ２～Ｌ３が加熱される。 FIGS. 16 (b) to 16 (c) show aspects of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S101 (heating treatment of the extraction container 9 using a small amount of hot water). In the step of FIG. 16B, the valve 7281 is opened, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 as shown by the dashed arrow. Subsequently, after the valve 7281 is closed, in the step of FIG. 16C, the valve 7282 is opened, and the hot water in the storage section 726 is supplied to the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow. Thereby, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are heated.
　図１６（ｄ）～図１６（ｅ）は、上記Ｓ１０２（蒸気を用いた抽出容器９の加熱処理）に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１６（ｄ）の工程では、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を減圧して貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯を沸騰させることにより、貯留部７２５及び７２６で蒸気を生成する。弁７２８２は開放状態であるため、該生成された蒸気は、破線矢印で図示されるように、配管７２８ｃを介して抽出容器９に供給される。また、図１６（ｄ）の工程では、上記沸騰により貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯を撹拌することも可能となり、該撹拌されたお湯の温度が所定値（例えば摂氏１１８度）に達していない場合にはヒーター７２ａ（図１２参照）が駆動される。その後、図１６（ｅ）の工程では、弁７２８２を閉鎖して、抽出容器９への蒸気の供給を停止する。これにより、抽出容器９全体が均一に加熱されうる。 FIGS. 16 (d) to 16 (e) show aspects of the liquid-feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S102 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using steam). In the step of FIG. 16D, the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 is depressurized to boil the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726, thereby generating steam in the storage units 725 and 726. Since the valve 7282 is in the open state, the generated steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c as shown by a dashed arrow. In the step of FIG. 16 (d), it is also possible to stir the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726 by the above-mentioned boiling, and the temperature of the hot water thus stirred does not reach a predetermined value (for example, 118 degrees Celsius). In this case, the heater 72a (see FIG. 12) is driven. Thereafter, in the step of FIG. 16E, the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of steam to the extraction container 9. Thereby, the whole extraction container 9 can be heated uniformly.
　図１６（ｆ）～図１６（ｈ）は、抽出処理Ｓ３’を実行するための準備工程に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１６（ｆ）の工程で、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を３気圧に戻した後、図１６（ｇ）の工程では、弁７２８１を開放して、破線矢印で図示されるように、貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６に一杯分のお湯（例えば１８０ｃｃ程度）を移動させる。貯留部７２５から貯留部７２６へのお湯の移動が完了した後、図１６（ｈ）の工程で弁７２８１を閉鎖する。尚、一杯分の量は、ユーザにより予め設定ないし選択されていてもよいし、載置部１１０に載置されたカップのサイズに基づいて決定されてもよいし、或いは、固定値であってもよい。ここでは不図示とするが、図１６（ｆ）～図１６（ｈ）の工程の間にグラインド処理Ｓ２が並行して行われてもよく、それにより、飲料の製造が完了するまでの時間を短縮可能となる。 FIGS. 16 (f) to 16 (h) show aspects of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to a preparation step for executing the extraction processing S3 '. In the step of FIG. 16 (f), after the pressure in the storage sections 725 and 726 is returned to 3 atm, in the step of FIG. 16 (g), the valve 7281 is opened, and the storage section One cup of hot water (for example, about 180 cc) is moved from 725 to storage section 726. After the movement of the hot water from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 is completed, the valve 7281 is closed in the step of FIG. In addition, the amount for one cup may be set or selected in advance by the user, may be determined based on the size of the cup placed on the placement unit 110, or may be a fixed value. Is also good. Although not shown here, the grinding process S2 may be performed in parallel between the steps of FIG. 16F to FIG. 16H, thereby shortening the time until the production of the beverage is completed. It can be shortened.
　図１７（ｉ）～図１７（ｊ）は、蒸らし用注湯Ｓ１１に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１７（ｉ）の工程で弁７２８２を開放し、所定時間が経過した後、図１７（ｊ）の工程で弁７２８２を閉鎖する。これにより、貯留部７２６に貯留されたお湯の一部（例えば３０ｃｃ程度）が、破線矢印で図示されるように、Ｓ１１の蒸らし用に抽出容器９に流入することとなる。 FIG. 17 (i) to FIG. 17 (j) show aspects of the liquid sending amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the steaming pouring S11. The valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (i), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (j). As a result, a part (for example, about 30 cc) of the hot water stored in the storage section 726 flows into the extraction container 9 for steaming in S11, as shown by the dashed arrow.
　図１７（ｋ）～図１７（ｌ）は、１回目の本抽出用注湯Ｓ１２１に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。挽き豆の蒸らしが完了した後、図１７（ｋ）の工程で弁７２８２を開放し、所定時間が経過した後、図１７（ｌ）の工程で弁７２８２を閉鎖する。これにより、貯留部７２６内の残りのお湯の一部（例えば４０ｃｃ程度）が、破線矢印で図示されるように、抽出容器９に流入することとなる。 FIG. 17 (k) to FIG. 17 (l) show aspects of the liquid delivery amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the first main pouring pouring step S121. After the steaming of the ground beans is completed, the valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (k), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (l). Thereby, a part (for example, about 40 cc) of the remaining hot water in the storage section 726 flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow.
　ここでは不図示とするが、図１７（ｌ）の工程の後、Ｓ１３～Ｓ１７を行う。詳細については後述とするが、本例のＳ１３においては、抽出容器９内の加圧と共に注湯（例えば３０ｃｃ程度）が行われる。 不 Although not shown here, S13 to S17 are performed after the process of FIG. Although details will be described later, in S13 of the present example, pouring (for example, about 30 cc) is performed together with pressurization in the extraction container 9.
　図１７（ｍ）は、２回目の本抽出用注湯Ｓ１２２に対応する送液量調節装置７２０の態様を示す。図１７（ｍ）の工程で弁７２８２を開放することで、貯留部７２６内の残りのお湯（例えば８０ｃｃ程度）が、破線矢印で図示されるように、追加的に抽出容器９に流入することとなる。前述のとおり、Ｓ１２２はＳ１７と略同時に行われ、ここで抽出容器９に流入するお湯は、浸漬式抽出には実質的に用いられずに主に透過式抽出に用いられる。 FIG. 17 (m) shows a mode of the liquid-feeding-amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the second-time main pouring pouring S122. By opening the valve 7282 in the step of FIG. 17 (m), the remaining hot water (for example, about 80 cc) in the storage section 726 additionally flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow. Becomes As described above, S122 is performed substantially at the same time as S17, and the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 is not substantially used for the immersion extraction but is mainly used for the permeation extraction.
　その後、飲料の実質的に全部が抽出容器９からカップに送出されたことを以ってＳ１７の完了となる。ここで、Ｓ１２２後かつＳ１７完了前においては、付随的に、貯留部７２５及び７２６の蒸気、並びに、コンプレッサ７０からの空気圧を用いて、飲料の送出を促進することが可能である。貯留部７２５及び７２６の蒸気は、Ｓ１０２（図１６（ｄ）～図１６（ｅ）の工程）同様の手順で生成可能である。即ち、図１７（ｎ）の工程において、貯留部７２５及び７２６内を減圧してお湯を沸騰させることにより貯留部７２５及び７２６で蒸気を生成し、配管７２８ｃを介して該蒸気を抽出容器９に供給する。その際、図１６（ｄ）の工程同様、貯留部７２５及び７２６内のお湯が適切に撹拌され、必要に応じてヒーター７２ａが駆動されうる。その後、図１７（о）の工程で弁７２８２を閉鎖して該蒸気の供給を停止する。尚、飲料の送出の促進の際、抽出容器９内は例えば１．６～２気圧程度となるように調整されうる。 Thereafter, S17 is completed when substantially all of the beverage has been delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup. Here, before the completion of S122 and before the completion of S17, it is possible to promote the delivery of the beverage by using the steam of the storage units 725 and 726 and the air pressure from the compressor 70 incidentally. The steam in the storage units 725 and 726 can be generated in the same procedure as in S102 (steps in FIGS. 16D to 16E). In other words, in the step of FIG. 17 (n), steam is generated in the storage units 725 and 726 by depressurizing the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water, and the steam is sent to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c. Supply. At this time, as in the step of FIG. 16D, the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726 is appropriately stirred, and the heater 72a can be driven as necessary. Thereafter, in the step of FIG. 17 (о), the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of the steam. When the delivery of the beverage is promoted, the inside of the extraction container 9 can be adjusted to, for example, about 1.6 to 2 atm.
　図１８は、抽出処理Ｓ３’の際の抽出容器９内の気圧の変化の態様を説明するための図である。横軸は時間軸を示しており、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１を示す共に、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１に対応するステップ（Ｓ１１等）を併せて示す。縦軸は、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１のそれぞれにおける抽出容器９内の気圧Ｐを示す。 FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining a mode of a change in the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 at the time of the extraction process S3 '. The horizontal axis indicates the time axis, and indicates the periods T1 to T11 and also shows the steps (S11 and the like) corresponding to the periods T1 to T11. The vertical axis indicates the atmospheric pressure P in the extraction container 9 in each of the periods T1 to T11.
　期間Ｔ１～Ｔ２は、蒸らし用注湯Ｓ１１に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ１では、抽出容器９内を約１．８気圧まで加圧すると共に、蒸らし用のお湯（３０ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９に流入する。抽出容器９へのお湯の流入のタイミングは、期間Ｔ１内の何れであってもよいが、ユーザにより予め設定ないし選択されていてもよいし、飲料の種類によって変更されてもよい。その後、このお湯を用いて挽き豆を蒸らす。この期間（１５秒程度）を期間Ｔ２とする。 Period T1 to T2 is a period corresponding to pouring S11 for steaming. In the period T1, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to about 1.8 atm, and hot water for steaming (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9. The timing of the flow of hot water into the extraction container 9 may be any within the period T1, but may be preset or selected by the user, or may be changed depending on the type of beverage. Thereafter, the ground beans are steamed with the hot water. This period (about 15 seconds) is referred to as a period T2.
　期間Ｔ３は、１回目の注湯Ｓ１２１に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ３では、抽出容器９内を３気圧まで加圧すると共に、Ｓ１２１として本抽出用のお湯（４０ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９に流入する。 The period T3 is a period corresponding to the first pouring S121. In the period T3, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 3 atm, and hot water (about 40 cc) for main extraction flows into the extraction container 9 as S121.
　期間Ｔ４は、抽出容器９内の加圧Ｓ１３に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ４では、抽出容器９内を５気圧まで加圧すると共に、お湯（３０ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９に流入する。 The period T4 is a period corresponding to the pressurization S13 in the extraction container 9. In the period T4, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 5 atm and hot water (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9.
　ここで、注湯の量は期間Ｔ３及びＴ４間で調整可能とし、例えば７０ｃｃ程度の注湯を期間Ｔ３で完了させてもよい。期間Ｔ３及びＴ４は、何れも抽出容器９内を加圧しながら注湯を行うという点で共通するが、本例ではそれらの加圧態様が互いに異なる。例えば、期間Ｔ３～Ｔ４での加圧の間、途中（Ｐ＝３気圧前後）で加圧態様が緩やかになる。例えば、期間Ｔ３及びＴ４間のタイミングは、気圧Ｐの変曲点として規定されてもよい。期間Ｔ３～Ｔ４の加圧態様を制御ないし調整することにより、この後の工程である浸漬式抽出Ｓ１４で得られる飲料液について、表現可能な味、風味等の幅を広げることが可能な場合がある。 Here, the amount of pouring can be adjusted between the periods T3 and T4, and for example, pouring of about 70 cc may be completed in the period T3. The periods T3 and T4 are common in that the pouring is performed while pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, but in the present example, the pressurizing modes are different from each other. For example, during the pressurization in the period T3 to T4, the pressurization mode becomes gentle in the middle (P = around 3 atm). For example, the timing between the periods T3 and T4 may be defined as an inflection point of the atmospheric pressure P. By controlling or adjusting the pressurizing mode in the period T3 to T4, the range of expressible taste, flavor, and the like of the beverage obtained in the immersion extraction S14, which is the subsequent step, can be expanded. is there.
　期間Ｔ５は、浸漬式抽出Ｓ１４に対応する期間である。抽出容器９内が５気圧に達した後、その状態を維持する。この期間（１秒程度）を期間Ｔ５とする。これにより、抽出対象である挽き豆から飲料液であるコーヒー液が抽出される。 Period T5 is a period corresponding to immersion extraction S14. After the pressure in the extraction container 9 reaches 5 atm, the state is maintained. This period (about one second) is referred to as a period T5. Thereby, a coffee liquid as a beverage is extracted from the ground beans to be extracted.
　期間Ｔ６～Ｔ８は、抽出容器９内の減圧Ｓ１５に対応する期間である。期間Ｔ６～Ｔ７では、上記減圧を２段階に分けて行う。期間Ｔ６では、先ず、比較的短時間で抽出容器９内を５気圧から１．５気圧まで減圧させ（急減圧）、その後、所定期間（３秒程度）にわたって待機する。次に、期間Ｔ７では、抽出容器９内を１気圧まで減圧させ、その後、所定期間（１秒程度）にわたって待機する。 Periods T6 to T8 are periods corresponding to the reduced pressure S15 in the extraction container 9. In the periods T6 and T7, the pressure reduction is performed in two stages. In the period T6, first, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced from 5 atm to 1.5 atm in a relatively short time (rapid decompression), and then, the process stands by for a predetermined period (about 3 seconds). Next, in the period T7, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atm, and then the process stands by for a predetermined period (about 1 second).
　前述のとおり、減圧Ｓ１５によって抽出容器９内の液体が沸騰して撹拌される。本例の減圧態様によれば、先ず、期間Ｔ６の１段階目の減圧により抽出容器９内の液体の一部が沸騰して撹拌され、続いて、期間Ｔ７の２段階目の減圧により抽出容器９内の液体の他の部分も沸騰して撹拌されうる。そのため、例えば抽出容器９内の液体全体の撹拌を適切に行うことが可能となり、このことは、例えば、抽出された飲料液に濃度や組成等のムラがある際に有利な場合がある。その後、期間Ｔ８で抽出容器９内を１．５気圧に戻して沸騰を安定化させると共に流路（配管Ｌ２、Ｌ３等）中に残存しうる液体（例えば５ｃｃ程度）を抽出容器９へ押し込む。 As described above, the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the reduced pressure S15. According to the decompression mode of this example, first, a part of the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the first stage of the pressure reduction in the period T6, and then, the extraction container is reduced by the second stage of the period T7. Other parts of the liquid in 9 can also be boiled and stirred. Therefore, for example, the entire liquid in the extraction container 9 can be appropriately agitated, which may be advantageous when, for example, the extracted beverage liquid has unevenness in concentration, composition, or the like. After that, in the period T8, the inside of the extraction container 9 is returned to 1.5 atm to stabilize the boiling, and a liquid (for example, about 5 cc) that can remain in the flow path (the pipes L2 and L3) is pushed into the extraction container 9.
　期間Ｔ９は、抽出容器９の反転Ｓ１６及びその後の待機期間（２秒程度）である。尚、期間Ｔ９の開始のタイミングは上記反転Ｓ１６が実行されるタイミングに対応する。期間Ｔ９では、Ｓ１６で反転した抽出容器９内において、抽出対象である挽き豆が該抽出容器９内の下方部に比較的厚い堆積厚で堆積される。また、期間Ｔ９では、抽出容器９内を減圧して１気圧にする。 The period T9 is the inversion S16 of the extraction container 9 and the subsequent waiting period (about 2 seconds). Note that the start timing of the period T9 corresponds to the timing at which the inversion S16 is executed. In the period T9, in the extraction container 9 inverted in S16, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited with a relatively large deposition thickness in the lower part of the extraction container 9. In the period T9, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atm.
　期間Ｔ１０～Ｔ１１は、透過式抽出Ｓ１７に対応する期間であり、これにより、飲料が抽出容器９からカップに送出される。前述のとおり、Ｓ１７と略同時に２回目の注湯Ｓ１２２が行われ、それにより抽出容器９内に追加的に流入するお湯（８０ｃｃ程度）は、主に透過式抽出に用いられることとなる。 The period T10 to T11 is a period corresponding to the permeation extraction S17, whereby the beverage is sent from the extraction container 9 to the cup. As described above, the second pouring S122 is performed almost simultaneously with S17, and the hot water (about 80 cc) additionally flowing into the extraction container 9 is mainly used for the permeation extraction.
　本例では、期間Ｔ１０における例えばＳ１２２後に抽出容器９内を１．６気圧まで加圧し、その後の期間Ｔ１１において抽出容器９内を２気圧まで加圧して、飲料の送出を促進する。期間Ｔ１０では、貯留部７２５及び７２６の蒸気を用いて上記飲料の送出を促進し、期間Ｔ１１では、コンプレッサ７０からの空気圧を用いて上記飲料の送出を促進するものとする。これにより、送出されるべき飲料の全部（流路中の液体も含む。）を適切に且つ比較的短時間でカップに提供可能となる。図１９は、時間経過と共に変化する抽出容器９内のお湯の量（お湯の量の変化の様子）を示す波形を、図１８に破線で追加したものである。本例では、全部で約１８５ｃｃの飲料が提供されることとなる。 In this example, the pressure in the extraction container 9 is increased to 1.6 atm after, for example, S122 in the period T10, and the pressure in the extraction container 9 is increased to 2 atm in the subsequent period T11 to promote the delivery of the beverage. In the period T10, the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the steam of the storage units 725 and 726. In the period T11, the delivery of the beverage is promoted by using the air pressure from the compressor 70. This makes it possible to provide the entire beverage (including the liquid in the flow path) to be delivered to the cup appropriately and in a relatively short time. FIG. 19 is a waveform in which the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 (the state of change in the amount of hot water) that changes with time is added by a broken line to FIG. In this example, a total of about 185 cc of beverage will be provided.
　上述の各期間Ｔ１等は、より詳細には、Ｓ１１等の各ステップ或いはそのサブステップに対応付けられて次のように纏められる。即ち、
　　期間Ｔ１　：蒸らし用注湯工程、
　　期間Ｔ２　：蒸らし工程、
　　期間Ｔ３　：１回目の注湯工程、
　　期間Ｔ４　：加圧工程、
　　期間Ｔ５　：高圧浸漬工程、
　　期間Ｔ６　：高圧浸漬後の急減圧工程、或いは、
　　　　　　　　抽出容器９内を大気に解放する大気解放工程（前半）、
　　期間Ｔ７　：待機状態後の急減圧工程、或いは、
　　　　　　　　抽出容器９内を大気に解放する大気解放工程（後半）、
　　期間Ｔ８　：流路内に残存する液体の抽出容器９への流入を待機する待機工程、
　　期間Ｔ９　：容器姿勢変更工程（容器反転工程）、及び、
　　　　　　　　抽出容器９内の抽出対象の堆積完了を待機する待機工程、
　　期間Ｔ１０：２回目の注湯工程、
　　　　　　　　飲料送出工程（前半）、或いは、
　　　　　　　　蒸気を用いた飲料送出促進工程、
　　期間Ｔ１１：飲料送出工程（後半）、或いは、
　　　　　　　　空気圧を用いた飲料送出促進工程、
　となる。 More specifically, the above-described respective periods T1 and the like are summarized as follows in association with each step such as S11 or the sub-steps thereof. That is,
Period T1: Pouring process for steaming,
Period T2: steaming process,
Period T3: First pouring step,
Period T4: pressurizing step
Period T5: high pressure immersion step
Period T6: rapid decompression step after high-pressure immersion, or
An air release step of releasing the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere (first half),
Period T7: rapid decompression step after the standby state, or
An air release step of releasing the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere (second half);
Period T8: a standby step of waiting for the liquid remaining in the flow path to flow into the extraction container 9,
Period T9: Container posture changing step (container reversing step), and
A standby step of waiting for the completion of the deposition of the extraction target in the extraction container 9;
Period T10: Second pouring step,
Beverage delivery process (first half), or
Beverage delivery promotion process using steam,
Period T11: beverage delivery step (second half), or
Beverage delivery promotion process using air pressure,
Becomes
　上記図１９には、時間経過と共に変化する抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値（或いは設定値）を示しているものとして、それらの実際の値がどのように変化しているかが、情報表示装置１２（図１等参照）に追加的にプロットされてもよい。これにより、ユーザが飲料の購入者等の場合には、そのユーザを飽きさせることなく待機させることが可能となる場合がある。また、ユーザが装置１の管理者等の場合には、そのユーザは装置１による飲料の製造が適切に実行されているか否か等を確認することが可能となる場合もある。 FIG. 19 shows the target values (or set values) of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 that change with the passage of time, and how the actual values change. , May be additionally plotted on the information display device 12 (see FIG. 1 and the like). Thus, when the user is a beverage purchaser or the like, it may be possible to make the user wait without getting bored. In addition, when the user is an administrator of the device 1 or the like, the user may be able to confirm whether or not the production of the beverage by the device 1 is being appropriately performed.
　図２０は、飲料の製造中に情報表示装置１２に表示されうる情報として、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実際の値が、時間経過と共に（リアルタイムで）上記目標値に重ねられてプロットされている様子を示す。即ち、図２０は、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実際の値の変化の様子を示す波形を、図１９に追加したものである。これら実際の値は、圧力センサおよび温度センサにより実測値としてそれぞれ計測可能である。図中において、実線は、一杯分の飲料を抽出する際の抽出容器９内の気圧の目標値の変化態様を示し、一点鎖線は、該抽出容器９内の気圧の実測値の変化態様を示す。また、破線は、該抽出容器９内のお湯の量の目標値の変化態様を示し、二点鎖線は、該抽出容器９内のお湯の量の実測値の変化態様を示す。 FIG. 20 shows that, as information that can be displayed on the information display device 12 during the production of the beverage, the actual values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are superimposed on the target value over time (in real time). The plot is shown. That is, FIG. 20 is obtained by adding a waveform indicating a state of changes in the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 to FIG. These actual values can be measured as actual measured values by a pressure sensor and a temperature sensor, respectively. In the figure, the solid line shows the manner of change of the target value of the air pressure in the extraction container 9 when extracting one cup of beverage, and the dashed line shows the manner of change of the measured value of the air pressure in the extraction container 9. . The broken line indicates the manner of change of the target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, and the two-dot chain line indicates the manner of change of the measured value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.
　図２０の例は、現時点における工程が期間Ｔ６（Ｓ１５）の途中であり、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の実測値が期間Ｔ１からその時点（期間Ｔ６の途中）までについてプロットされていることを示す。ここでは、この時点での抽出容器９内の気圧の実測値は１．２気圧であり、お湯の量の実測値は１００ｃｃとなっている。尚、この後の工程においても上記実測値は継続してプロットされる。このような表示態様によれば、実測値が目標値に到達していない場合や実測値が目標値から大きく乖離している場合には、ユーザは、流路における漏れの発生、流路を形成する各要素（配管、弁等）の不具合等に速やかに対応可能となる。 In the example of FIG. 20, the process at the present time is in the middle of the period T6 (S15), and the measured values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are plotted from the period T1 to the time (in the middle of the period T6). To indicate that Here, the measured value of the air pressure in the extraction container 9 at this time is 1.2 atm, and the measured value of the amount of hot water is 100 cc. The measured values are continuously plotted in the subsequent steps. According to such a display mode, when the actual measurement value does not reach the target value or when the actual measurement value greatly deviates from the target value, the user can generate a leak in the flow path and form the flow path. It is possible to quickly respond to troubles of each element (piping, valve, etc.).
　図２０では、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の目標値、並びに、それらの実測値の変化の様子が情報表示装置１２に示される態様を例示したが、それらの一部が情報表示装置１２に示されてもよい。例えば、気圧の目標値及び実測値のみについて変化の様子が示されてもよいし、お湯の量の目標値及び実測値のみについて変化の様子が示されてもよい。或いは、上記目標値および実測値の演算結果（例えば、それらのズレ量の変化の様子）が示されてもよい。 FIG. 20 illustrates an example in which the target values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 and the state of the change of the actually measured values are shown on the information display device 12, but a part of them is shown in the information display device. 12 may be shown. For example, the state of change may be shown only for the target value and the actual measurement value of the atmospheric pressure, or the state of change may be shown only for the target value and the actual measurement value of the amount of hot water. Alternatively, the calculation result of the target value and the actual measurement value (for example, a state of a change in the deviation amount thereof) may be indicated.
　抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の上記目標値の変化の態様は、複数のパターンとして予め用意されており、ユーザは、それらの中から好みに応じたものを選択することも可能とする。上記複数のパターンを示す情報は、例えば記憶部１１ｂ（図１０参照）に予め格納されていてもよいし、或いは、通信ネットワーク１５を介してサーバ１６から取得されてもよい。また、ユーザによる上記選択は、タッチパネル式のディスプレイである情報表示装置１２により実現可能である。 The manner in which the target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are changed is prepared in advance as a plurality of patterns, and the user can select a desired one from among them. . The information indicating the plurality of patterns may be stored in the storage unit 11b (see FIG. 10) in advance, or may be acquired from the server 16 via the communication network 15. The selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12 which is a touch panel display.
　また、一杯分の飲料の抽出を行った場合、抽出容器９内の気圧およびお湯の量の上記目標値および実測値の変化は全期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１に亘って情報表示装置１２に表示され、それらを示す情報は、例えば記憶部１１ｂに格納されうる。よって、ユーザは、必要に応じて情報表示装置１２を介して所定の操作を行うことで、該情報を再度表示させることも可能である。これにより、ユーザは、例えば、過去に行われた飲料製造の際の上記目標値および実測値の変化を確認することもできる。 In addition, when one cup of beverage is extracted, the change of the target value and the measured value of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 is displayed on the information display device 12 over the entire period T1 to T11. May be stored in the storage unit 11b, for example. Therefore, the user can display the information again by performing a predetermined operation via the information display device 12 as necessary. Thereby, the user can also confirm the change of the target value and the measured value at the time of beverage production performed in the past, for example.
　尚、期間Ｔ１～Ｔ１１は、図１８～図２０の何れにおいても、互いに等しい長さで模式的に図示されるが、これらは、実際の情報表示装置１２には現実の時間長に対応した間隔で表示されればよい。 18 to 20, the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated as having the same length as each other. However, these periods are provided on the actual information display device 12 at intervals corresponding to the actual time length. Should be displayed as.
　以上、本実施形態によれば、予熱処理Ｓ１’のＳ１０２において、送液量調節装置７２０において高温の液体（お湯）を貯留可能な貯留部７２５及び７２６で生成された蒸気によって、抽出容器９の加熱を行う。これにより、抽出容器９全体を均一に加熱することが可能となり、例えば、その後の透過式抽出Ｓ１７ではムラのない飲料液（コーヒー液）の抽出を所望の温度で行うことが可能となり、結果として、飲料の高品質化が可能となる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, in S102 of the preheat treatment S1 ′, the steam generated in the storage units 725 and 726 capable of storing the high-temperature liquid (hot water) in the liquid transfer amount control device 720 causes the extraction container 9 Perform heating. As a result, the entire extraction container 9 can be uniformly heated. For example, in the subsequent permeation-type extraction S17, it is possible to perform a uniform extraction of a beverage liquid (coffee liquid) at a desired temperature. Thus, the quality of the beverage can be improved.
　また、本実施形態によれば、抽出対象である挽き豆を正立姿勢の抽出容器９に堆積させて液体（お湯）に浸漬する。この液体は、１回目の注湯であるＳ１２１により、抽出容器９に流入される。その後、抽出容器９を倒立姿勢にして挽き豆の堆積厚さを厚くし（Ｓ１６参照）、この倒立姿勢の抽出容器９から、注ぎ部１０ｃを介してカップに飲料液を送出する（Ｓ１７参照）。この送出中の抽出容器９には、２回目の注湯であるＳ１２２により残りの液体（お湯）が追加的に流入される。該追加的に流入される液体は主に透過式抽出に用いられ、このような抽出態様によれば、例えば透過式抽出独特の味わいを飲料に付与することが可能となる。また、浸漬式抽出と透過式抽出との割合を調節可能となり、表現可能な味、風味等の幅を広げることも可能な場合もある。結果として、飲料の高品質化が実現可能となる。 According to the present embodiment, ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in the upright posture and immersed in liquid (hot water). This liquid flows into the extraction container 9 in S121, which is the first pouring. Thereafter, the extraction container 9 is turned upside down to increase the thickness of the ground beans (see S16), and the beverage is sent from the extraction container 9 in this inverted posture to the cup via the pouring unit 10c (see S17). . The remaining liquid (hot water) additionally flows into the extraction container 9 being sent out in S122, which is the second pouring. The additionally introduced liquid is mainly used for permeation extraction, and according to such an extraction mode, for example, it is possible to impart a unique taste to permeation extraction to a beverage. In addition, the ratio between the immersion extraction and the transmission extraction can be adjusted, and in some cases, the range of expressible tastes and flavors can be increased. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
　本発明は、以上に示された幾つかの態様および例に限られるものではなく、これらの内容は本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で相互に組み合わせ可能であり、また、目的等に応じて部分的に変更されてもよい。また、本明細書に記載された個々の用語は、本発明を説明する目的で用いられたものに過ぎず、本発明は、その用語の厳密な意味に限定されるものでないことは言うまでもなく、その均等物をも含みうる。例えば、「装置」、「部」等の表現は「ユニット」、「モジュール」等と言い換え可能な場合がある。 The present invention is not limited to the above-described several embodiments and examples, and these contents can be combined with each other without departing from the gist of the present invention. May be changed. Further, individual terms described in this specification are merely used for describing the present invention, and it is needless to say that the present invention is not limited to the strict meaning of the terms. It may also include its equivalents. For example, expressions such as “apparatus” and “part” may be paraphrased as “unit”, “module”, and the like.
　＜他の実施形態＞
　上記実施形態では、専らコーヒー飲料を対象としたが、日本茶、紅茶などの茶、スープなどの各種飲料も対象とすることができる。また、抽出対象として、コーヒー豆、コーヒーの生豆、コーヒー豆の挽き豆、焙煎コーヒー豆、焙煎コーヒー豆の挽き豆、焙煎されていないコーヒー豆、焙煎されていないコーヒー豆の挽き豆等、粉末のコーヒー豆、インスタントのコーヒー、ポッドに入ったコーヒー等を例示し、飲料として、コーヒー飲料等を例示し、飲料液としてコーヒー液を例示してきたが、これらだけに限定されない。また、抽出対象として、日本茶、紅茶、ウーロン茶などの茶葉、挽いた茶葉、野菜、粉砕された野菜、果物、粉砕した果物、穀物、粉砕した穀物、椎茸等のきのこ類、椎茸等のきのこ類を粉砕した物、椎茸等のきのこ類を加熱後に乾燥させた物、椎茸等のきのこ類を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、鰹等の魚類、鰹等の魚類を粉砕した物、鰹等の魚を加熱後に乾燥させた物、鰹等の魚を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、こんぶ等の海藻類、こんぶ等の海藻類を粉砕した物、こんぶ等の海藻類を加熱後に乾燥させた物、こんぶ等の海藻類を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、牛、豚、鳥、等の肉を加熱後に乾燥させた物、当該肉等を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物、牛の骨、豚の骨、鳥の骨、等の肉を加熱後に乾燥させた物、当該骨等を加熱後に乾燥させた物を粉砕した物等の抽出材料であればよく、飲料として、日本茶、紅茶、ウーロン茶、野菜ジュース、果物ジュース、汁物、出汁、スープ等、飲料であればよく、飲料液として、日本茶のエキス、紅茶のエキス、ウーロン茶のエキス、野菜のエキス、果物のエキス、きのこのエキス、魚等のエキス、肉のエキス、骨のエキス等のエキス類であればよい。なお、実施例中で水、水道水、浄水、お湯、洗浄水と記載しているところがあるが、例えば水をお湯と置き換えたり、お湯を水と置き換えてもよい等いずれかの記載を別の記載に置き換えてもよく、全て液体、水蒸気、高温水、冷却水、冷水等と置き換えてもよい。例えば抽出対象（例えば、焙煎コーヒー豆の挽き豆）とお湯を抽出容器９に入れるといった記載であれば、抽出対象（例えば、焙煎コーヒー豆の挽き豆）と冷水（単に水でもよい）を抽出容器９に入れるといった記載に置き換えてもよく、この場合であれば水出しコーヒー等の抽出方法や飲料製造装置としてとらえてもよい。 <Other embodiments>
In the above embodiment, coffee beverages are exclusively used, but various beverages such as teas such as Japanese tea and black tea, soups, and soup can also be used. In addition, coffee beans, green coffee beans, ground coffee beans, roasted coffee beans, ground coffee beans, unroasted coffee beans, and unroasted coffee beans can be extracted. Beans, powdered coffee beans, instant coffee, coffee in a pod, and the like have been exemplified, coffee beverages and the like have been illustrated as beverages, and coffee liquid has been illustrated as a beverage liquid, but is not limited thereto. In addition, tea leaves such as Japanese tea, black tea, and oolong tea, ground tea leaves, vegetables, crushed vegetables, fruits, crushed fruits, cereals, crushed grains, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, and mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms Mashed, dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, heated and dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, crushed fish such as bonito, crushed fish such as bonito, bonito Heated and dried fish such as bonito, dried and dried fish such as bonito, crushed seaweed such as konbu, crushed seaweed such as konbu, and heated seaweed such as konbu After dried, dried seaweed such as konbu, dried and dried meat, such as cows, pigs, birds, etc., dried meat after heating, etc. Crushed, beef bone, pork bone, bird bone, etc. Beverages may be extracted materials such as crushed materials obtained by heating and drying bones and the like, and beverages such as Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, vegetable juice, fruit juice, juice, dashi, soup, etc. As a beverage, any extract such as Japanese tea extract, black tea extract, oolong tea extract, vegetable extract, fruit extract, mushroom extract, fish extract, meat extract, bone extract, etc. may be used. . In the examples, water, tap water, purified water, hot water, there is a place to be described as washing water, for example, replace the water with hot water, or replace any of the hot water may be replaced with water. It may be replaced with the description, and all may be replaced with liquid, steam, high temperature water, cooling water, cold water and the like. For example, if the extraction target (for example, ground coffee beans) and hot water are put into the extraction container 9, the extraction target (for example, ground coffee beans) and cold water (or simply water) may be used. It may be replaced with the description of putting in the extraction container 9, and in this case, it may be considered as a method for extracting cold coffee or the like or a beverage production device.
　＜実施形態のまとめ＞
　上述の実施形態は、次の装置または方法を開示する。 <Summary of Embodiment>
The embodiment described above discloses the following apparatus or method.
　Ａ１．飲料を製造する飲料製造装置（例えば１）であって、
　高温の液体を貯留可能な貯留部（例えば７２０、７２５、７２６）と、
　前記貯留部からの液体と抽出対象（例えば挽き豆）が収容され、前記抽出対象から飲料液が抽出される抽出容器（例えば９）と、を備え、
　前記貯留部で生成された蒸気によって前記抽出容器の加熱が行われる（例えばＳ１０２、図１６（ｄ）の工程）、
　ことを特徴とする飲料製造装置であり、
　これにより、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。結果として、飲料の高品質化が実現可能となる。 A1. A beverage manufacturing apparatus (for example, 1) for manufacturing a beverage,
A storage unit (for example, 720, 725, 726) capable of storing a high-temperature liquid;
An extraction container (eg, 9) in which a liquid from the storage unit and an extraction target (eg, ground beans) are stored, and a beverage is extracted from the extraction target;
The heating of the extraction container is performed by the steam generated in the storage unit (for example, S102, the step of FIG. 16D),
A beverage production device characterized by the fact that
This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
　Ａ２．前記蒸気による前記抽出容器の加熱が行われる際、前記貯留部の気圧が下がり、前記貯留部の液体が沸騰を始める、
　ことを特徴とする飲料製造装置であり、
　これにより、貯留部の気圧を下げることにより該貯留部内の液体を沸騰させることで、液体を撹拌させて温度を均一化させることができる。また、その際に生じる蒸気を用いて上記加熱を適切に行うことが可能となる。 A2. When the heating of the extraction container by the steam is performed, the pressure of the storage unit is reduced, and the liquid in the storage unit starts boiling.
A beverage production device characterized by the fact that
Thus, by lowering the air pressure in the storage section and boiling the liquid in the storage section, the liquid can be stirred and the temperature can be made uniform. In addition, the heating can be appropriately performed using the steam generated at that time.
　Ａ３．前記貯留部と前記抽出容器を接続する接続部（例えばＬ３、７２８ｃ）を備え、
　前記蒸気による前記抽出容器の加熱が行われる際に前記接続部の加熱も行われる、
　ことを特徴とする飲料製造装置であり、
　これにより、接続部も加熱されるため、液体が接続部を通過する際、その液体が冷えてしまうこともない。 A3. A connection unit (for example, L3, 728c) for connecting the storage unit and the extraction container,
When the heating of the extraction container by the steam is performed, heating of the connection portion is also performed.
A beverage production device characterized by the fact that
Accordingly, the connection portion is also heated, so that the liquid does not cool when the liquid passes through the connection portion.
　Ａ４．前記抽出容器の加熱及び前記接続部の加熱を第一加熱（例えばＳ１０２、図１６（ｄ）の工程）としたときに、
　前記第一加熱が行われる前に、前記貯留部の高温の液体を前記接続部及び前記抽出容器に流すことによって第二加熱が行われる（例えばＳ１０１、図１６（ｃ）の工程）、
　ことを特徴とする飲料製造装置であり、
　これにより、蒸気を用いた第一加熱（Ｓ１０２）の前に第二加熱（Ｓ１０１）を行うことで、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。また、この第二加熱を行うことにより、前回ないし過去の抽出の際の流路中の残渣（液体の残り等）を洗い流すことも可能な場合がある。 A4. When the heating of the extraction container and the heating of the connection portion are the first heating (for example, S102, the step of FIG. 16D),
Before the first heating is performed, the second heating is performed by flowing the high-temperature liquid in the storage section to the connection section and the extraction container (for example, S101, the step of FIG. 16C).
A beverage production device characterized by the fact that
This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container by performing the second heating (S101) before the first heating (S102) using steam. In addition, by performing the second heating, it may be possible to wash away residues (liquid residue and the like) in the flow channel at the time of the previous or past extraction.
　Ａ５．前記抽出容器には、入口（例えば９０３、９１３）と、開閉可能な出口（例えば９０３、９１３）とが設けられており、
　前記液体は前記入口から注入し、
　前記飲料液は前記出口から流出し、
　前記蒸気は前記入口から流入し且つ前記出口から流出し、
　前記蒸気が前記入口から流入する際に前記出口は開放している、
　ことを特徴とする飲料製造装置であり、
　これにより、蒸気が液化して液体になった場合、その液体が抽出容器に長時間留まることなく出口から流出可能となる。よって、例えば、製造する飲料が意図せず薄まってしまうことのないようにすることができる。 A5. The extraction container is provided with an inlet (for example, 903, 913) and an openable / closable outlet (for example, 903, 913),
Said liquid is injected from said inlet;
The drinking liquid flows out of the outlet,
The steam enters from the inlet and exits from the outlet;
The outlet is open when the steam flows in from the inlet,
A beverage production device characterized by the fact that
Thus, when the vapor is liquefied to become a liquid, the liquid can flow out of the outlet without staying in the extraction container for a long time. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent the beverage to be manufactured from being unintentionally diluted.
　Ａ６．前記抽出容器には、それぞれ開閉可能な入口および出口（例えば９０３、９１３）が設けられており、
　前記液体は前記入口から注入し、
　前記飲料液は前記出口から流出し、
　前記蒸気は前記入口から流入し且つ前記出口から流出し、
　前記蒸気による前記抽出容器の加熱が行われている際に、前記抽出容器の前記入口及び前記出口を閉鎖した状態で前記抽出容器を振動させる、
　ことを特徴とする飲料製造装置であり、
　これにより、蒸気が抽出容器内に均一に拡がることとなり、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。 A6. The said extraction container is provided with the inlet and outlet (for example, 903, 913) which can be opened and closed, respectively,
Said liquid is injected from said inlet;
The drinking liquid flows out of the outlet,
The steam enters from the inlet and exits from the outlet;
When heating the extraction container by the steam, the extraction container is vibrated in a state where the inlet and the outlet of the extraction container are closed,
A beverage production device characterized by the fact that
As a result, the vapor is uniformly spread in the extraction container, and the entire extraction container can be uniformly heated.
　Ａ７．高温の液体を貯留可能な貯留部（例えば７２０、７２５、７２６）と、前記貯留部からの液体と抽出対象（例えば挽き豆）が収容され、前記抽出対象から飲料液が抽出される抽出容器（例えば９）と、を備える飲料製造装置（例えば１）の制御方法であって、
　前記貯留部で生成された蒸気によって前記抽出容器の加熱を行う加熱工程（例えばＳ１０２、図１６（ｄ）の工程）を有する、
　ことを特徴とする制御方法であり、
　これにより、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。結果として、飲料の高品質化が実現可能となる。 A7. A storage portion (for example, 720, 725, 726) capable of storing a high-temperature liquid, and an extraction container (for storing a liquid and an extraction target (for example, ground beans) from the storage portion and extracting a beverage from the extraction target) For example, 9) and a control method of a beverage manufacturing apparatus (for example 1) comprising:
A heating step (for example, S102, a step in FIG. 16 (d)) of heating the extraction container with the steam generated in the storage unit;
A control method characterized in that:
This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
　Ａ８．前記加熱工程において、前記蒸気による前記抽出容器の加熱を行う際、前記貯留部の気圧が下がり、前記貯留部の液体が沸騰を始める、
　ことを特徴とする制御方法であり、
　これにより、貯留部の気圧を下げることにより該貯留部内の液体を沸騰させることで、液体を撹拌させて温度を均一化させることができる。また、その際に生じる蒸気を用いて上記加熱を適切に行うことが可能となる。 A8. In the heating step, when heating the extraction container with the steam, the pressure of the storage unit is reduced, and the liquid in the storage unit starts boiling,
A control method characterized in that:
Thus, by lowering the air pressure in the storage section and boiling the liquid in the storage section, the liquid can be stirred and the temperature can be made uniform. In addition, the heating can be appropriately performed using the steam generated at that time.
　Ａ９．前記飲料製造装置は、前記貯留部と前記抽出容器を接続する接続部（例えばＬ３、７２８ｃ）を備え、
　前記加熱工程において、前記蒸気による前記抽出容器の加熱を行う際に前記接続部の加熱も行う、
　ことを特徴とする制御方法であり、
　これにより、接続部も加熱されるため、液体が接続部を通過する際、その液体が冷えてしまうこともない。 A9. The beverage manufacturing device includes a connection unit (for example, L3, 728c) that connects the storage unit and the extraction container,
In the heating step, when the extraction container is heated by the steam, the connection part is also heated.
A control method characterized in that:
Accordingly, the connection portion is also heated, so that the liquid does not cool when the liquid passes through the connection portion.
　Ａ１０．前記加熱工程を第一加熱工程としたときに、
　前記第一加熱工程の前に、前記貯留部の高温の液体を前記接続部及び前記抽出容器に流すことによってそれらを加熱する第二加熱工程（例えばＳ１０１、図１６（ｃ）の工程）を有する、
　ことを特徴とする制御方法であり、
　これにより、蒸気を用いた第一加熱（Ｓ１０２）の前に第二加熱（Ｓ１０１）を行うことで、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。また、この第二加熱を行うことにより、前回ないし過去の抽出の際の流路中の残渣を洗い流すことも可能な場合がある。 A10. When the heating step is a first heating step,
Before the first heating step, there is provided a second heating step (for example, S101, the step of FIG. 16 (c)) of heating the high-temperature liquid in the storage section by flowing the high-temperature liquid through the connection section and the extraction container. ,
A control method characterized in that:
This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container by performing the second heating (S101) before the first heating (S102) using steam. In addition, by performing the second heating, it may be possible to wash away the residue in the flow channel at the time of the previous or past extraction.
　Ａ１１．前記抽出容器には、入口（例えば９０３、９１３）と、開閉可能な出口（例えば９０３、９１３）とが設けられており、
　前記液体は前記入口から注入し、前記飲料液は前記出口から流出し、前記蒸気は前記入口から流入し且つ前記出口から流出し、
　前記加熱工程において、前記蒸気が前記入口から流入する際に前記出口は開放している、
　ことを特徴とする制御方法であり、
　これにより、蒸気が液化して液体になった場合、その液体が抽出容器に長時間留まることなく出口から流出可能となる。よって、例えば、製造する飲料が意図せず薄まってしまうことのないようにすることができる。 A11. The extraction container is provided with an inlet (for example, 903, 913) and an openable / closable outlet (for example, 903, 913),
Said liquid is injected from said inlet, said beverage liquid flows out of said outlet, said vapor flows in from said inlet and flows out of said outlet,
In the heating step, the outlet is open when the steam flows in from the inlet,
A control method characterized in that:
Thus, when the vapor is liquefied to become a liquid, the liquid can flow out of the outlet without staying in the extraction container for a long time. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent the beverage to be manufactured from being unintentionally diluted.
　Ａ１２．前記抽出容器には、それぞれ開閉可能な入口および出口（例えば９０３、９１３）が設けられており、
　前記液体は前記入口から注入し、前記飲料液は前記出口から流出し、前記蒸気は前記入口から流入し且つ前記出口から流出し、
　前記加熱工程では、前記抽出容器の前記入口及び前記出口を閉鎖した状態で前記抽出容器を振動させる、
　ことを特徴とする制御方法であり、
　これにより、蒸気が抽出容器内に均一に拡がることとなり、抽出容器全体を均一に加熱することが可能となる。 A12. The said extraction container is provided with the inlet and outlet (for example, 903, 913) which can be opened and closed, respectively,
Said liquid is injected from said inlet, said beverage liquid flows out of said outlet, said vapor flows in from said inlet and flows out of said outlet,
In the heating step, the extraction container is vibrated in a state where the inlet and the outlet of the extraction container are closed,
A control method characterized in that:
As a result, the vapor is uniformly spread in the extraction container, and the entire extraction container can be uniformly heated.
　Ｂ１．抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出方法であって、
　第一の姿勢（例えば正立姿勢）の抽出容器（例えば９）において、該抽出容器に第一の態様で堆積された前記抽出対象を液体に浸漬する浸漬工程（例えばＳ１４）と、
　前記抽出容器の姿勢を前記第一の姿勢から第二の姿勢（例えば倒立姿勢）に変化させる姿勢変化工程（例えばＳ１６）と、
　前記第二の姿勢の前記抽出容器から前記液体を送出する送出工程（Ｓ１７、Ｋ）と、を含み、
　前記第二の姿勢の前記抽出容器において、前記抽出対象が第二の態様で堆積され、
　前記第二の態様は、前記第一の態様よりも前記抽出対象の堆積厚さが厚い態様であり、
　前記送出工程では、前記第二の態様で堆積している前記抽出対象を通過させた前記液体を送出しながら前記抽出容器に液体を流入させる（例えばＳ１２２、Ｋ、図１７（ｍ）の工程）、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　これにより、送出工程では、例えば透過式抽出独特の味わいを飲料に付与することが可能となる。また、浸漬式抽出と透過式抽出との割合を調節可能な場合もある。結果として、飲料の高品質化が実現可能となる。 B1. An extraction method for extracting a beverage from an extraction target,
An immersion step (for example, S14) of immersing the extraction target deposited in the extraction container in the first aspect in a liquid in an extraction container (for example, 9) in a first posture (for example, an upright posture);
A posture changing step (for example, S16) of changing the posture of the extraction container from the first posture to a second posture (for example, an inverted posture);
A delivery step (S17, K) for delivering the liquid from the extraction container in the second posture.
In the extraction container in the second position, the extraction target is deposited in a second mode,
The second aspect is an aspect in which the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than the first aspect,
In the delivery step, the liquid is caused to flow into the extraction container while delivering the liquid that has passed through the extraction target deposited in the second aspect (for example, S122, K, the process of FIG. 17 (m)). ,
An extraction method characterized by the fact that
Thus, in the delivery step, for example, it is possible to impart a flavor unique to the permeation extraction to the beverage. In some cases, the ratio between immersion extraction and transmission extraction may be adjustable. As a result, it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.
　Ｂ２．前記抽出容器は太い部分と細い部分を含み、
　前記第一の姿勢では前記太い部分に前記抽出対象が堆積し、
　前記第二の姿勢では前記細い部分に前記抽出対象が堆積する、
　ことを特徴とする抽出方法であり、
　これにより、抽出対象の堆積厚さを変えることができ、上記Ｂ１を比較的簡素な構成で実現可能となる。 B2. The extraction container includes a thick part and a thin part,
In the first posture, the extraction target is deposited on the thick portion,
In the second posture, the extraction target is deposited on the thin portion,
An extraction method characterized by the fact that
Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B1 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
　Ｂ３．抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出装置（例えば３）であって、
　前記抽出対象と液体が収容される抽出容器（例えば９）と、
　前記抽出容器の姿勢を第一の姿勢（例えば正立姿勢）から第二の姿勢（例えば倒立姿勢）に変化させる姿勢変化ユニット（例えば８、８Ｂ、８２４）と、を備え、
　前記抽出容器は、前記第二の姿勢では前記第一の姿勢よりも前記抽出対象の堆積厚さが厚くなるように形成され、
　前記抽出容器は、前記第一の姿勢において第一の態様で堆積された前記抽出対象を液体に浸漬した後、前記姿勢変化ユニットにより前記第一の姿勢から前記第二の姿勢に変化し、該第二の姿勢をしている前記抽出容器は、前記第一の態様よりも前記抽出対象の堆積厚さが厚い第二の態様で堆積している前記抽出対象を通過させた前記液体を送出すると共に液体を受け取る（例えばＳ１２２、図１７（ｍ）の工程）、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、上記Ｂ１同様、飲料の高品質化が実現可能となる。 B3. An extraction device (e.g., 3) for extracting a beverage from an extraction target,
An extraction container (e.g., 9) containing the extraction target and a liquid,
A posture changing unit (for example, 8, 8B, 824) for changing the posture of the extraction container from a first posture (for example, an upright posture) to a second posture (for example, an inverted posture);
The extraction container is formed such that the deposition thickness of the extraction target is greater in the second position than in the first position,
After immersing the extraction target deposited in the first mode in the first mode in a liquid, the extraction container changes from the first mode to the second mode by the mode changing unit, The extraction container in the second position sends out the liquid that has passed through the extraction target that is deposited in the second mode, where the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than in the first mode. Together with the liquid (e.g., S122, the step of FIG. 17 (m)),
An extraction device characterized by the fact that
Thereby, similarly to the above B1, it is possible to realize a high quality beverage.
　Ｂ４．前記抽出容器は、開口を有するネック部（例えば９０ｂ）と胴部（例えば９０ｅ）を含み、
　前記第一の姿勢では、前記ネック部が上側であり、
　前記第二の姿勢では、前記ネック部が下側である、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、抽出対象の堆積厚さを変えることができ、上記Ｂ３を比較的簡素な構成で実現可能となる。 B4. The extraction container includes a neck (eg, 90b) having an opening and a body (eg, 90e),
In the first position, the neck portion is on the upper side,
In the second position, the neck portion is a lower side,
An extraction device characterized by the fact that
Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B3 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
　Ｂ５．前記ネック部は、前記胴部よりも内部空間の断面積が小さい、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、抽出対象の堆積厚さを変えることができ、上記Ｂ３を比較的簡素な構成で実現可能となる。 B5. The neck portion has a smaller cross-sectional area of the internal space than the body portion,
An extraction device characterized by the fact that
Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B3 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
　Ｂ６．前記抽出容器は、前記胴部と前記ネック部の間に肩部（例えば９０ｄ）を有し、
　前記肩部は前記ネック部に向かって内部空間の断面積が徐々に小さくされている、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　これにより、抽出対象の堆積厚さを変えることができ、上記Ｂ３を比較的簡素な構成で実現可能となる。 B6. The extraction container has a shoulder (e.g., 90d) between the body and the neck,
The shoulder has a gradually decreasing cross-sectional area of the internal space toward the neck,
An extraction device characterized by the fact that
Thereby, the deposition thickness of the extraction target can be changed, and the above B3 can be realized with a relatively simple configuration.
　Ｂ７．前記ネック部は、円筒形状を有している、
　ことを特徴とする抽出装置であり、
　即ち、残渣の残り易い角部を実質的に有しない。 B7. The neck portion has a cylindrical shape,
An extraction device characterized by the fact that
That is, there is substantially no corner portion where the residue tends to remain.
　本発明は上記実施の形態に制限されるものではなく、本発明の精神及び範囲から離脱することなく、様々な変更及び変形が可能である。従って、本発明の範囲を公にするために、以下の請求項を添付する。 The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Therefore, to make the scope of the present invention public, the following claims are appended.

Claims (7)

  1. 　抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出方法であって、
    　第一の姿勢の抽出容器において、該抽出容器に第一の態様で堆積された前記抽出対象を液体に浸漬する浸漬工程と、
    　前記抽出容器の姿勢を前記第一の姿勢から第二の姿勢に変化させる姿勢変化工程と、
    　前記第二の姿勢の前記抽出容器から前記液体を送出する送出工程と、を含み、
    　前記第二の姿勢の前記抽出容器において、前記抽出対象が第二の態様で堆積され、
    　前記第二の態様は、前記第一の態様よりも前記抽出対象の堆積厚さが厚い態様であり、
    　前記送出工程では、前記第二の態様で堆積している前記抽出対象を通過させた前記液体を送出しながら前記抽出容器に液体を流入させる、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     An extraction method for extracting a beverage from an extraction target,
    In the extraction container in the first position, an immersion step of immersing the extraction target deposited in the extraction container in the first mode in a liquid,
    A posture changing step of changing the posture of the extraction container from the first posture to the second posture,
    Sending out the liquid from the extraction container in the second position,
    In the extraction container in the second position, the extraction target is deposited in a second mode,
    The second aspect is an aspect in which the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than the first aspect,
    In the sending step, the liquid flows into the extraction container while sending the liquid that has passed through the extraction target that has been deposited in the second aspect,
    An extraction method characterized in that:
  2. 　請求項１に記載の抽出方法であって、
    　前記抽出容器は太い部分と細い部分を含み、
    　前記第一の姿勢では前記太い部分に前記抽出対象が堆積し、
    　前記第二の姿勢では前記細い部分に前記抽出対象が堆積する、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出方法。     The extraction method according to claim 1, wherein
    The extraction container includes a thick part and a thin part,
    In the first posture, the extraction target is deposited on the thick portion,
    In the second posture, the extraction target is deposited on the thin portion,
    An extraction method characterized in that:
  3. 　抽出対象から飲料液を抽出する抽出装置であって、
    　前記抽出対象と液体が収容される抽出容器と、
    　前記抽出容器の姿勢を第一の姿勢から第二の姿勢に変化させる姿勢変化ユニットと、を備え、
    　前記抽出容器は、前記第二の姿勢では前記第一の姿勢よりも前記抽出対象の堆積厚さが厚くなるように形成され、
    　前記抽出容器は、前記第一の姿勢において第一の態様で堆積された前記抽出対象を液体に浸漬した後、前記姿勢変化ユニットにより前記第一の姿勢から前記第二の姿勢に変化し、該第二の姿勢をしている前記抽出容器は、前記第一の態様よりも前記抽出対象の堆積厚さが厚い第二の態様で堆積している前記抽出対象を通過した前記液体を送出すると共に液体を受け取る、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     An extraction device for extracting a beverage from an extraction target,
    An extraction container in which the extraction target and the liquid are stored,
    A posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container from the first posture to the second posture,
    The extraction container is formed such that the deposition thickness of the extraction target is greater in the second position than in the first position,
    After immersing the extraction target deposited in the first mode in the first mode in a liquid, the extraction container changes from the first mode to the second mode by the mode changing unit, The extraction container in the second position sends out the liquid that has passed through the extraction target that is deposited in the second mode, where the deposition thickness of the extraction target is thicker than in the first mode. Receiving liquid,
    An extraction device characterized by the above-mentioned.
  4. 　請求項３に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記抽出容器は、開口を有するネック部と胴部を含み、
    　前記第一の姿勢では、前記ネック部が上側であり、
    　前記第二の姿勢では、前記ネック部が下側である、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to claim 3, wherein
    The extraction container includes a neck having an opening and a body,
    In the first position, the neck portion is on the upper side,
    In the second position, the neck portion is a lower side,
    An extraction device characterized by the above-mentioned.
  5. 　請求項４に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記ネック部は、前記胴部よりも内部空間の断面積が小さい、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to claim 4, wherein
    The neck portion has a smaller cross-sectional area of the internal space than the body portion,
    An extraction device characterized by the above-mentioned.
  6. 　請求項４又は請求項５に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記抽出容器は、前記胴部と前記ネック部の間に肩部を有し、
    　前記肩部は前記ネック部に向かって内部空間の断面積が徐々に小さくされている、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     An extraction device according to claim 4 or claim 5,
    The extraction container has a shoulder between the body and the neck,
    The shoulder has a gradually decreasing cross-sectional area of the internal space toward the neck,
    An extraction device characterized by the above-mentioned.
  7. 　請求項４～６のいずれか一項に記載の抽出装置であって、
    　前記ネック部は、円筒形状を有している、
    　ことを特徴とする抽出装置。     The extraction device according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein
    The neck portion has a cylindrical shape,
    An extraction device characterized by the above-mentioned.
PCT/JP2019/030546 2018-09-25 2019-08-02 Extraction method and extraction device WO2020066299A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018179152A JP6683351B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2018-09-25 Extraction method and extraction device
JP2018-179152 2018-09-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020066299A1 true WO2020066299A1 (en) 2020-04-02

Family

ID=69952628

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/030546 WO2020066299A1 (en) 2018-09-25 2019-08-02 Extraction method and extraction device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6683351B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI807090B (en)
WO (1) WO2020066299A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5061985U (en) * 1973-10-11 1975-06-06
JP3154415U (en) * 2009-07-30 2009-10-15 染谷　和夫 Water drain coffee filter device
WO2012098726A1 (en) * 2011-01-17 2012-07-26 サントリーホールディングス株式会社 Beverage extraction device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5061985U (en) * 1973-10-11 1975-06-06
JP3154415U (en) * 2009-07-30 2009-10-15 染谷　和夫 Water drain coffee filter device
WO2012098726A1 (en) * 2011-01-17 2012-07-26 サントリーホールディングス株式会社 Beverage extraction device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI807090B (en) 2023-07-01
TW202025953A (en) 2020-07-16
JP6683351B2 (en) 2020-04-15
JP2020048698A (en) 2020-04-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6635480B1 (en) Extraction apparatus, display method in extraction apparatus, and system
JP7164173B2 (en) Separator
JP7446646B2 (en) Beverage manufacturing equipment and extraction method
JP7385954B2 (en) coffee making equipment
JP2021065822A (en) Extraction object crushing device and calibration method
JP6644283B1 (en) Beverage production apparatus and control method thereof
WO2020066299A1 (en) Extraction method and extraction device
JP2020049252A (en) Beverage manufacturing device and beverage delivery method
JP7372649B2 (en) beverage manufacturing equipment
JP7201215B2 (en) Extraction method and extraction apparatus
JP7156682B2 (en) Extraction method and extraction apparatus
JP6653925B2 (en) Beverage production apparatus and method
JP2020048700A (en) Beverage manufacturing device and beverage manufacturing method
JP6644284B1 (en) Beverage production apparatus and beverage delivery method
JP2021013469A (en) Beverage manufacturing device and display method
JP7120653B2 (en) beverage production equipment
JP2021065346A (en) Extraction method
JP7396636B2 (en) Device and parameter change method
JP2021065344A (en) Apparatus for producing beverage
JP7396632B2 (en) Beverage manufacturing equipment and extraction container pressure control method
JP7355373B2 (en) beverage manufacturing equipment
JP2020022631A (en) Beverage manufacturing device
JP7355366B2 (en) Beverage production equipment, methods and programs
JP2021065345A (en) Apparatus for producing beverage
JP2021013470A (en) Control device and its method, program, and beverage manufacturing system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19865944

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19865944

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1